-8

Arabic Course As Taught At The

Islamic University Madinah

Dr.V. Abdur Rahim

www.goodwordbooks.com
 CONTENTS

Lesson 1 3

Lesson 2 15

Lesson 3 27

Lesson 4 35

Lesson 5 58

Lesson 6 72

Lesson 7 87

Illustrated by Gurmeet
First published 2019
Reprinted 2021
© Goodword Books 2021

Goodword Books
A-21, Sector 4, NOIDA-201301
Delhi NCR, India
Tel. +9111-41827083, +91-8588822678
email: info@goodwordbooks.com
www.goodwordbooks.com

Printed in India
 ‫‪Lesson‬‬

‫س األ َّو ُل‬

‫الـ َّد ْر ُ‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫الد ُك ْم؟‬
‫يد‪َ .‬م َتى وَ َص ْل ُت ْم ِم ْن ِب ِ‬
‫الج ِد ِ‬
‫العام َ‬
‫ِ‬ ‫اليوم األوّ ِل ِم َن‬
‫ِ‬ ‫س ‪ُ :‬أ َر ِّح ُب ِب ُك ْم في‬
‫الم َد ِّر ُ ‬
‫ُ‬

‫وع‪.‬‬
‫أس ُب ٍ‬ ‫‪ :‬وَ َص ْلنا َ‬
‫قبل ْ‬ ‫أحمد‬
‫ُ ‬

‫س‪.‬‬ ‫َص ْل ُت ْ‬
‫أم ِ‬ ‫أما أنا َفو َ‬
‫الحسين ‪ّ :‬‬
‫ُ ‬

‫وذ َه ْب ُت إ َلى َم َّك َة ل َِأدا ِء‬

‫يوم الثُّال َثا ِء‪َ ،‬‬
‫‪ :‬أنا وَ َص ْل ُت َ‬ ‫علي‬
‫ٌّ ‬
‫ام‪ ،‬و َر َج ْع ُت البارِ َح َة‪.‬‬ ‫الع ْم َر ِة‪ ،‬و َب ِق ْي ُت ُه َن َ‬
‫اك َثالث َة أ ّي ٍ‬ ‫ُ‬

‫وس ْه ً‬
‫ال‪.‬‬ ‫أه ً‬
‫ال َ‬ ‫المدرس ‪ْ :‬‬
‫ُ ‬

‫إن َهذا ا ْل َم ْق َع َد ٍ‬
‫خال‪َ ،‬ف ِإ َّن َص ِ‬
‫اح َب ُه‬ ‫امك؟ َّ‬
‫أم َ‬
‫س َ‬
‫أج ِل َ‬
‫أن ْ‬ ‫ُ‬
‫أستاذ‪ ،‬أت َْس َم ُح لي ْ‬ ‫‪ :‬يا‬ ‫ٌ ‬
‫جمال‬
‫ِ‬
‫الماضي‪.‬‬ ‫العام‬
‫َ‬ ‫ُط ِو َى َق ْي ُد ُه‬

‫س َح ْي ُث ِش ْئ َت‪.‬‬
‫المدرس ‪ِ :‬ا ْج ِل ْ‬
‫ُ ‬

‫س ت َْح َت ا ْلمِ ْروَ ح ِة َّ‬

‫فإن‬ ‫أج ِل َ‬
‫أن ْ‬ ‫‪ :‬ال أرِ ُ‬
‫يد ْ‬ ‫الزبي ُ ر‬
‫ٍ‬
‫جمال؟‬ ‫ف‬ ‫َذ ِل َك َي ُض ُّر ِني‪َ ،‬أ َف َأ ْج ِل ُ‬
‫س َخ ْل َ‬

‫المدرس ‪ :‬ال ِ‬
‫مان َع َل َد َّي‪.‬‬ ‫ُ ‬

‫ت في ُع ْط َل ِة َّ‬
‫الص ْي ِف هذ ِه‬ ‫‪ :‬أ ْي َن َسا َف ْر َ‬ ‫ٌ ‬
‫جمال‬
‫ُ‬
‫أستاذ؟‬ ‫السن َة يا‬
‫ّ‬

‫‪3‬‬
 ‫المدرس ‪ :‬إ َلى ال ِفلبين‪.‬‬
‫ُ ‬

‫‪ :‬أ َل ْم ت َُم َّر ِب ُكوَا َ‬

‫ال َل ْم ُبور؟‬ ‫ٌ ‬
‫جمال‬

‫أم ُك ْث ِفيها َط ِوي ً‬

‫ال‪.‬‬ ‫المدرس ‪َ :‬ب َلى‪ ،‬وَ َل ِك َّن ِني َل ْم ْ‬
‫ُ ‬

‫ُ‬
‫أستاذ؟‬ ‫‪َ :‬ك ْم َل ِبث َ‬
‫ْت َث َّم يا‬ ‫ٌ ‬
‫جمال‬

‫يوم‪.‬‬ ‫َ‬
‫بعض ٍ‬ ‫المدرس ‪َ :‬ل ِبث ُ‬
‫ْت َث َّم َة يوم ًا أو‬ ‫ُ ‬

‫ت إ َلى ِس ْنغَ ُافور َة‬ ‫َّك ت َِأتي إ َلى َب َل ِدي َل ْ‬

‫اس َت ْق َب ْل ُت َك ِفي ا ْل َمطارِ ‪ ..‬أسا َف ْر َ‬ ‫‪َ :‬ل ْو َع َر ْف ُت أن َ‬ ‫ٌ ‬
‫جمال‬
‫أ ْي ًضا‪.‬‬

‫المدرس ‪ :‬ال‪.‬‬
‫ُ ‬

‫‪ :‬أ َل ْم تُسا ِف ْر إ َل ْيها ِم ْن ُ‬

‫قبل؟‬ ‫ٌ ‬
‫جمال‬

‫س ‪ :‬ن ََع ْم‪َ .‬ل ْم ُأ َسا ِف ْر إ َل ْيها َق ُّط‪.‬‬

‫المدر ‬

‫َت َمــارِ ُ‬
‫ين‬
‫‪Exercises‬‬

‫‪Answer the following questions:‬‬ ‫(‪َ )1‬أ ِج ْب َع ِن ا َأل ْس ِئ َل ِة اآل ِت َي ِة‪ :‬‬
‫الحسين؟‬
‫ُ‬ ‫(‪َ )1‬م َتى وَ َص َل‬

‫علي في َم َّك َة؟‬

‫ (‪َ )2‬ك ْم َي ْوم ًا َب ِق َي ٌّ‬

‫س ت َْح َت ا ْلمِ ْروَ َح ِة؟‬

‫أن َي ْج ِل َ‬
‫يد الزبي ُر ْ‬
‫ (‪ِ )3‬ل َم ال ُي ِر ُ‬
‫‪4‬‬
 ‫ (‪ )4‬أ ْي َن سا َف َر ا ْل ُم َد ِّر ُ‬
‫س في ُع ْط َل ِة َّ‬
‫الص ْي ِف؟‬

‫ (‪َ )5‬ك ْم َل ِب َث ِفي ُكوااللمبور؟‬

‫يــه‪:‬‬ ‫(‪ )1‬ال َم ْف ُع ُ‬

‫ول ِف ِ‬
‫وب ُي ْذ َك ُر ِل َب ِ‬
‫يان‬ ‫اس ٌم َم ْن ُص ٌ‬ ‫مفعول ِف ْي ِه‪ .‬ا ْل َم ْف ُع ُ‬
‫ول ِف ْي ِه ْ‬ ‫ٌ‬ ‫ (وَ َص ْل ُت َي ْو َم الثُّالثا ِء)‪ُ .‬هنا (يوم)‬
‫َمان ال ِف ْع ِل أو َمكا ِن ِه‪ ،‬و ُي َس َّمى أ ْي ًضا َظ ْر ًفا‪ .‬ن َْحوَ‪:‬‬
‫ز ِ‬

‫َمان)‬
‫فز ٍ‬‫(ظ ْر ُ‬
‫َوم َك‪َ .‬‬
‫إن شا َء ال َّلهُ‪ِ .‬ن ْم ُت َب ْع َد ن ِ‬ ‫ (أ) َخ َر ْج ُت َل ْي ً‬
‫ال‪َ .‬س ُأ َسا ِف ُر َغد ًا ْ‬

‫كان)‬ ‫ُ‬
‫(ظرف َم ٍ‬ ‫َ‬
‫تحت َش َج َر ٍة‪.‬‬ ‫عند ا ْل ُم ِد ِير‪ِ .‬ن ْم ُت‬ ‫ (ب) َمشَ ْي ُت ِمي ً‬
‫ال‪َ .‬ج َل ْس ُت َ‬

‫وف َم ْب ِن َّي ٌة‪ِ ،‬م ْنها‪:‬‬

‫الظ ُر ِ‬ ‫ُ‬
‫ بعض ُّ‬

‫َص ٍب‪.‬‬ ‫الس ُك ِ‬

‫ون ِفي َم َح ِّل ن ْ‬ ‫َمان َم ْب ِن ٌّي َع َلى ُّ‬
‫فز ٍ‬‫(م َتى) َظ ْر ُ‬ ‫َم َتى‪ .‬ت َُق ُ‬
‫ول‪َ :‬م َتى َخ َر ْج َت؟ ُهنا َ‬

‫الف ْت ِح ِفي َم َح ِّل ن ْ‬

‫َص ٍب‪.‬‬ ‫كان‪َ ،‬م ْب ِن ٌّي َع َلى َ‬
‫ف َم ٍ‬ ‫أ ْي َن‪ .‬ت َُق ُ‬
‫ول‪ :‬أ ْي َن ت َْذ َه ُب؟ ُهنا (أ ْي َن) َظ ْر ُ‬

‫َمان‪َ ،‬م ْب ِن ٌّي َع َلى َ‬

‫الك ْس ِر في َم َح ِّل‬ ‫فز ٍ‬‫س) َظ ْر ُ‬
‫(أم ِ‬
‫س‪ُ .‬هنا ْ‬
‫أم ِ‬ ‫س‪ .‬ت َُق ُ‬
‫ول‪َ :‬ل ْم َأ ِغ ْب ْ‬ ‫أم ِ‬
‫ْ‬
‫َص ٍب‪.‬‬
‫ن ْ‬

‫َمان‪،‬‬
‫فز ٍ‬‫الفاك َه َة َق ُّط‪ُ .‬هنا ( َق ُّط) َظ ْر ُ‬
‫ِ‬ ‫َق ُّط‪ .‬ت َُق ُ‬
‫ول‪َ :‬ل ْم َأ ُذ ْق َه ِذ ِه‬
‫َص ٍب‪.‬‬ ‫الض ِّم في َم َح ِّل ن ْ‬ ‫َم ْب ِن ٌّي َع َلى َّ‬

‫كان‪َ ،‬م ْب ِن ٌّي َع َلى‬ ‫(هنا) َظ ْر ُ‬

‫ف َم ٍ‬ ‫س ُهنا‪ُ .‬هنا ُ‬ ‫اج ِل ْ‬ ‫ُهنا‪ .‬ت َُق ُ‬
‫ول‪ْ :‬‬
‫َص ٍب‪.‬‬ ‫الس ُك ِ‬
‫ون في َم َح ِّل ن ْ‬ ‫ُّ‬

‫الف ْت ِح ِفي َم َح ِّل ن ْ‬

‫َص ٍب‪.‬‬ ‫َمان‪َ ،‬م ْب ِن ٌّي َع َلى َ‬
‫فز ٍ‬‫(اآلن) َظ ْر ُ‬
‫َ‬ ‫اآلن ِج ْئ َت؟ ُهنا‬
‫ول‪َ :‬‬‫اآلن‪ .‬ت َُق ُ‬
‫َ‬
‫كان َم ْب ِن ٌّي َع َلى َّ‬
‫الض ِّم في‬ ‫(ح ْي ُث) َظ ْر ُ‬
‫ف َم ٍ‬ ‫س َح ْي ُث ِش ْئ َت‪ُ .‬هنا َ‬
‫اج ِل ْ‬ ‫َح ْي ُث‪ .‬ت َُق ُ‬
‫ول‪ْ :‬‬
‫َص ٍب‪.‬‬ ‫َم َح ِّل ن ْ‬
‫‪5‬‬
 ‫وب َع ِن َّ‬
‫الظ ْر ِف‪ِ ،‬م ْنها‪:‬‬ ‫ماء َت ُن ُ‬
‫أس ٌ‬ ‫ ه َ‬
‫ناك ْ‬ ‫ُ‬

‫الظ ْر ِف ِم َّما َد َّل َع َلى ُك ِّل َّي ِة الز ِ‬

‫َّمان ِأو ا ْل َم ِ‬
‫كان‪ ،‬أوْ ُج ْز ِئ َّي ِت ِه َما‪ ،‬ن َْحوَ‪:‬‬ ‫ُ‬
‫ضاف إلى َّ‬ ‫الم‬
‫ (‪ُ )1‬‬
‫ساع ٍة‪َ .‬مشَ ْي ُت ِن ْص َ‬
‫ف ِكي ُلو ِم ْتر‪.‬‬ ‫ سا َف ْرنا ُك َّل ال َّنهارِ ‪ .‬ا ْن َت َظ ْرت َ‬
‫ُك ُر ْب َع َ‬

‫الظ ُر ِ‬
‫وف‪.‬‬ ‫ّ‬
‫(كل‪ ،‬وربع‪ ،‬ونصف) نا َب ْت عن ُّ‬ ‫مات‬ ‫ هنا َ‬
‫الك ِل ُ‬ ‫ُ‬
‫أي وَ ْق ًتا َط ِوي ً‬
‫ال‪ُ .‬هنا‬ ‫ (‪ِ )2‬ص َف ُتهُ‪ ،‬ن َْحوَ‪َ :‬ج َل ْس ُت َط ِوي ً‬
‫ال‪ْ ،‬‬
‫لظ ْر ِف نا َب ْت َع ْنهُ‪.‬‬ ‫(ط ِوي ً‬
‫ال) ِص َف ٌة ِل َّ‬ ‫َ‬

‫(هذا)‬
‫وع‪ُ .‬هنا َ‬ ‫إلشا َر ِة‪ ،‬ن َْحوَ‪ِ :‬ج ْئ ُت َهذا ْ‬
‫األس ُب َ‬ ‫اس ُم ا ِ‬
‫ (‪ْ )3‬‬
‫ناب َع ِن َّ‬
‫الظ ْر ِف‪.‬‬ ‫َ‬

‫ام‪ِ .‬س ْرنا ِما َئ َة ِكيلو ِم ْت ٍر‪ُ .‬هنا (أربعة‬

‫بغداد ْأر َب َع َة أ ّي ٍ‬
‫َ‬ ‫الع َد ُد‪ ،‬ن َْحوَ‪َ :‬م َكث ُ‬
‫ْت في‬ ‫ (‪َ )4‬‬
‫دان نابا َع ِن َّ‬
‫الظ ْر ِف‪.‬‬ ‫ومائة) َع َد ِ‬

‫َت َمــارِ ُ‬
‫ين‬
‫‪Exercises‬‬

‫والمكان‪:‬‬
‫ِ‬ ‫مان‬ ‫(‪ِ )1‬ا ْس َت ْخ ِر ْج مافي ال َّد ْر ِس ِم ْن ُظ ِ‬
‫رُوف ال َّز ِ‬
‫‪Point out the ẕurûf occurring in the main lesson, and specify whether they‬‬
‫‪are ẕurûf al-zamān or ẕurûf al-makân:‬‬

‫الظ ِ‬
‫رُوف الم ْب ِن َّي ِة‪:‬‬ ‫اس َت ْخ ِر ْج ما ِف ْي ِه ِم َن ِّ‬
‫(‪ْ )2‬‬
‫‪Point out the mabnî ẕurûf occurring in the main lesson:‬‬

‫ت َع ِن ُّ‬
‫الظر ِ‬
‫ْف‪:‬‬ ‫اس َت ْخ ِر ْج ِم ْن ُه َك ِل ٍ‬
‫مات نا َب ْ‬ ‫(‪ْ )3‬‬
‫‪6‬‬
‫‪Point out in the main lesson words that are functioning as ẕurûf:‬‬

‫والمكان ِفيما َيأ ِتي‪:‬‬

‫ِ‬ ‫(‪َ )4‬ع ِّي ْن ُظ َ‬
‫رُوف ال َّز ِ‬
‫مان‬
‫‪Point out ẕurûf in the following sentences, and specify whether they are‬‬
‫‪ẕurûf al-ẕamān or ẕurûf al-makân:‬‬

‫ساع ٍة‪.‬‬
‫ف َ‬ ‫ُّوَّار ِع ْن َد ا ْل ُم ِد ِير ِن ْص َ‬
‫س الز ُ‬ ‫(‪ )1‬ا ْن َت ِظ ْر َلحظ ًة‪َ )2( .‬ج َل َ‬
‫المس َتشْ َفى؟‬
‫الج ِـر ْي ُح في ْ‬ ‫(‪َ )3‬ك ْم َ‬
‫ساعـ ًة َب ِق َي َ‬
‫ـد‪.‬‬
‫أح ٌ‬ ‫يـ َ‬
‫راك َ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫(‪ِ )4‬ق ْ‬
‫ـف َح ْيث ال َ‬
‫ياض َهذا الشَّ ْه َر؟ (‪َ )6‬أ َق ْب َل ا َ‬
‫أل ِ‬
‫ذان‬ ‫(‪َ )5‬أت َُسا ِف ُر إلى ّ‬
‫الر ِ‬
‫ت َط ِوي ً‬
‫ال‪)8( .‬‬ ‫ذهب َت إلى ا ْل َم ْس ِج ِد ْأم َب ْع َد ُه؟ (‪َ )7‬ص َب ْر ُ‬
‫ْ‬
‫ٍ‬
‫ساعات؟‬ ‫أساع َت ْي ِن ِن ْم َت ْأم َث َ‬
‫الث‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ِن ْم َت ُك َّل ال َّل ْي ِل‪)9( .‬‬
‫(‪ )10‬أ ْي َن َم َكث َ‬
‫ْت َه ِذ ِه ّ‬
‫المدةَ؟‬

‫اآلتية‪:‬‬
‫ِ‬ ‫الكريمة‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ِ‬
‫آليات‬ ‫والمكان في ا‬
‫ِ‬ ‫مان‬ ‫(‪ )5‬ع ِّي ْن ُظ َ‬
‫رُوف ال َّز ِ‬
‫‪Point out zurūf in the following âyât, and specify whether they are ẕurûf al-‬‬
‫‪ẕamān or ẕurûf al-makân:‬‬

‫اه ْم ِعشَ ا ًء َي ْب ُك َ‬
‫ون﴾ (يوسف ‪)16‬‬ ‫وَج ُاءوا َأ َب ُ‬
‫(‪َ ﴿ )1‬‬

‫ (‪﴿ )2‬وَ َب َن ْي َنا َف ْو َق ُك ْم َس ْب ًعا ِش َد ً‬

‫ادا﴾ (النبأ ‪)12‬‬

‫ت َق ْو ِمي َل ْي ًلا وَ ن ََها ًرا﴾ (نوح ‪)5‬‬

‫ب ِإ ِّني َد َع ْو ُ‬ ‫ (‪َ ﴿ )3‬ق َ‬
‫ال َر ِّ‬

‫اذا ت َْك ِس ُب َغ ًدا﴾ (لقمان ‪)34‬‬

‫س َّم َ‬
‫وَما ت َْدرِ ي ن َْف ٌ‬
‫ (‪َ ﴿ )4‬‬

‫اك ْم َك َما ن َِسي ُت ْم ِل َقا َء َي ْو ِم ُك ْم َه ٰـ َذا﴾ (الجاثية ‪)34‬‬

‫َنس ُ‬ ‫ (‪﴿ )5‬وَ ِق َ‬
‫يل ا ْل َي ْو َم ن َ‬
‫الظر ِ‬
‫ْف‪:‬‬ ‫ثالث ُج َم ٍل َت ْح ِوي ُّ‬
‫كل واحد ٍة منها عدداً َ‬
‫ناب َع ِن ُّ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫(‪ِ )6‬‬
‫هات‬

‫‪7‬‬
‫‪Give three sentences in each of which a number functions as a zarf:‬‬

‫ْف‪:‬‬ ‫ناب َع ِن ُّ‬

‫الظر ِ‬ ‫اس َم إشار ٍة َ‬ ‫ثالث ُج َم ٍل َت ْح ِوي ُّ‬
‫كل واحد ٍة منها ْ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫(‪ِ )7‬‬
‫هات‬
‫‪Give three sentences in each of which a demonstrative pronoun functions as a‬‬
‫‪ẕarf:‬‬

‫(‪ )8‬أد ِْخ ْل ُك َّل َظر ٍ‬

‫ْف ِم َّما يأ ِتي في ُج ْم َل ٍة ُم ِف َ‬
‫يد ٍة‪:‬‬
‫‪Use each of the following ẕurûf in a sentence:‬‬

‫ثم‪َ .‬ث َّمة‪.‬‬

‫قبل‪ .‬بعد‪ .‬عند‪ .‬أمام‪ .‬خلف‪ .‬تحت‪ .‬فوق‪ .‬هنا‪َّ .‬‬
‫ُ‬
‫حرف‬ ‫َّك ت َِأتي إ َلى َب َل ِدي َل ْ‬
‫اس َت ْق َب ْل ُت َك في المطارِ )‪َ ( .‬ل ْو)‬ ‫الد ْر ِس‪َ ( :‬ل ْو َع َر ْف ُت أن َ‬
‫وَ َر َد ِفي َّ‬
‫يد َثال َث َة ُأم ٍ‬
‫ور‪:‬‬ ‫ناع‪ .‬و ُت ِف ُ‬
‫ِام ِت ٍ‬
‫ناع ل ْ‬
‫ْام ِت ٍ‬

‫ (‪ )1‬الشَّ ْر ِط َّي َة‪.‬‬

‫ِ‬
‫الماضي‪.‬‬ ‫ (‪ )2‬ت َْق ِي َ‬
‫يد الشَّ ْر ِط َّي ِة ِبالز ََّم ِن‬

‫ناع‪.‬‬
‫ال ْم ِت َ‬
‫ (‪ )3‬ا ِ‬

‫ت َل َن َج ْح َت‪َ .‬م ْعنا ُه‪َ :‬ل ْم ت َْج َت ِه ْد‪َ ،‬ف َل ْم َت ْن َج ْح‪.‬‬ ‫ نحوَ‪َ :‬ل ِو ْ‬
‫اج َت َه ْد َ‬

‫قليل)‪.‬‬ ‫ام‪ ،‬وال َي ْق َت ِر ُن بها جوا ُبها ا ْل َم ْن ِف ُّي‪( .‬يجوزُ َع ْك ُس ُه َ‬

‫وهذا ٌ‬ ‫ َي ْق َت ِر ُن جوا ُبها ا ْل ُم ْث َب ُت بال َّل ِ‬
‫نحوَ‪:‬‬

‫ (‪َ )1‬ل ْو َسمِ ْع َت ِق َّص َت ُه َل َب َك ْي َت‪.‬‬

‫س ما َش َك ْوت َ‬
‫ُك إ َلى ا ْل ُم ِد ِير‪.‬‬ ‫حام ٍد‪َ :‬ل ْو َح َض ْر َ‬
‫ت ْأم ِ‬ ‫ (‪َ )2‬‬
‫قال ا ْل ُم َد ِّر ُ‬
‫س ِل ِ‬
‫ َتأ َّم ْل األمثل َة اآلتي َة ل ِـ ( َلـوْ)‪:‬‬
‫ذاك ا ْل َم ْن َظ َر َل َب َك ْي َت‪.‬‬
‫اس َل َم ِر ُضوا‪َ )2( .‬ل ْو َرأ ْي َت َ‬ ‫فاس ٌد‪َ .‬ل ْو َ‬
‫أك َل ُه ال َّن ُ‬ ‫طعام ِ‬
‫ٌ‬ ‫ (‪ )1‬هذا‬
‫َأخ ْر ُ‬
‫ت‪.‬‬ ‫االخ ِتبا َر ال َي ْو َم ما ت َّ‬
‫أن ْ‬ ‫(‪َ )3‬ل ْو َع َر ْف ُت َّ‬
‫‪8‬‬
 ‫َت َمــارِ ُ‬
‫ين‬
‫‪Exercises‬‬

‫وغ ِّي ْر ما َي ْل َز ُم‪:‬‬

‫اآلتية‪َ ،‬‬
‫ِ‬ ‫(‪َ )1‬أد ِْخ ْل ( َلـوْ) َع َلى ُ‬
‫الج َم ِل‬
‫‪َ :‬لوْ ‪Rewrite each of the following sentences using‬‬

‫(‪ )1‬ضربني ذاك الولد ‪ /‬ضرب ُته‬

‫…………………………………………‬

‫عرفت أن المدرس ُمسا ِف ٌر ‪ /‬ما جئت‬ ‫(‪) 2‬‬

‫………………………………………‬

‫رت َد ِق َ‬
‫يق َت ْي ِن ‪ /‬فا َت ْتني الطائر ُة‬ ‫تأخ ُ‬
‫َّ‬ ‫(‪) 3‬‬
‫………………………………………‬

‫القارئ ‪ /‬بكيت‬
‫ِ‬ ‫َ‬
‫سمعت تالو َة هذا‬ ‫(‪) 4‬‬
‫………………………………………‬

‫قرأت هذه ال ِق َّص َة ‪َ /‬ض ِح ْكت كثير ًا‬ ‫(‪) 5‬‬

‫………………………………………‬

‫اع ْدتُه‬ ‫عرفت أنه ِ‬

‫يكذب ‪ /‬ما َس َ‬ ‫(‪) 6‬‬
‫………………………………………‬

‫نجحت ِب َت ْق ِدير ُم ْم َت ٍاز‬

‫ُ‬ ‫زادت َد َر َج ِاتي ِب ِن ْص ِف َد َر َج ٍة ‪/‬‬
‫ْ‬ ‫(‪) 7‬‬

‫…………………………………‪.......‬‬

‫‪9‬‬
 ‫ص ِفيما َي ِلي‪:‬‬ ‫(‪ )2‬أ ْك ِم ْل ال َّن ِ‬
‫اق َ‬
‫‪Complete the following sentences:‬‬

‫لـو ……………………… ما َر َس ْبت‪.‬‬ ‫(‪) 1‬‬

‫لو عرفت أنك تأتي إلى المدينة ……………‬ ‫(‪) 2‬‬

‫…………………… َل َم ِر ْض َت‪.‬‬ ‫(‪) 3‬‬

‫…………………… َل َفا َت ْتنا ركع ٌة‪.‬‬ ‫(‪) 4‬‬

‫ون جوا ُبها في األو َلى ُم ْث َبت ًا‪ ،‬وفي ال َّثا ِن َي ِة َم ْن ِف ّي ًا‪:‬‬ ‫(‪ )3‬أد ِْخ ْل ( َلوْ) ِفي ُج ْم َل َت ْي ِن َع َلى ْ‬
‫أن َي ُك َ‬
‫‪ in two sentences. The jawab of the first sentence should be‬لو ‪Use‬‬
‫‪affirmative and that of the second sentence should be negative:‬‬

‫الض ِّم إذا ُق ِط َع َع ِن ا ِ‬

‫إلضا َف ِة َل ْفظ ًا ال َم ْع ًنى‪ .‬قال‬ ‫(م ْن َق ْب ُل)‪ُ .‬ي ْب َنى ( َق ْب ُل) و ( َب ْع ُد) َع َلى َّ‬
‫ِ‬
‫األم ُر ِم ْن َق ْب ُل وَ ِم ْن َب ْع ُد‪( .‬الروم ‪.)4‬‬
‫تعالى‪ِ :‬ل ّل ِه ْ‬

‫ين عا ّمة‬
‫َتمارِ ُ‬
‫‪General Questions‬‬

‫اآلتية‪:‬‬
‫ِ‬ ‫هات ُمضارِ عَ األ ْف ِ‬
‫عال‬ ‫(‪ِ )1‬‬
‫‪ of each of the following verbs:‬مضارع ‪Give the‬‬

‫اع َد‪َ .‬ر َّح َب‪َ .‬م َك َث‪َ .‬ل ِب َث‪َ .‬ك َس َب‪َ .‬ف َ‬
‫ات‪َ .‬ض َّر‪.‬‬ ‫اس َت ْق َب َل‪ .‬ا ْن َت َظ َر‪َ .‬سا َف َر‪َ .‬س َ‬
‫ْ‬
‫هات مفردَ‪ُ :‬ز َّوار‪ِ ،‬ش َداد‪:‬‬
‫(‪ِ )2‬‬
‫‪:‬شداد ‪ and‬زُوَّار ‪Give the singular of‬‬
‫ِ‬

‫جمع‪َ :‬ج ِريح‪َ ،‬ن ْفس‪:‬‬

‫َ‬ ‫(‪ِ )3‬‬
‫هات‬
‫‪10‬‬
 ٌ ‫ن َْف‬:
Give the plural of ‫ َج ِر ْي ٌح‬and ‫س‬

َ :‫هات ِض َّد‬
:َّ‫ضر‬ ِ )4(
َ
Give the opposite of ‫ض َّر‬:

:‫جملة مفيد ٍة‬

ٍ ‫) أد ِْخ ْل ُك َّل َك ِل َم ٍة ِم ّما يأتي في‬5(
Use each of the following words in a sentence:

َ ‫ َف‬.‫ ساعد‬.‫ ض َّر‬.‫ استقبل‬.‫ جريح‬.‫َخ ٍال‬

.‫ َر َّحب‬.‫ات‬

Points to Remember

In this lesson we learn the following:

ُ ‫)الظ ْر‬
(1) The zarf (‫ف‬ َّ ُ ‫)الم ْف ُع‬.
or the maf‘ûl fîhi (‫ول ِفي ِه‬ َ

The zarf is a noun which denotes the time or place of an action, e.g.,

ً ‫‘ َخ َر ْج ُت َل ْي‬I went out at night’ – ‫إن شاء الل ُه‬

a) ‫ال‬ ْ ‫‘ َس ُأسا ِف ُر َغد ًا‬I shall travel tomorrow’ –
‫بع َد ن َْو ِم َك‬
ْ ‫‘ ِن ْم ُت‬I slept after you slept.’

ِ
This is called zarf al-zamân (‫الزمان‬ ُ ‫)ظ ْر‬
‫ف‬ َ , i.e., adverb of time.

ً ‫‘ َمشَ ْي ُت ِم ْي‬I walked a mile.’ – ‫المدير‬

b) ‫ال‬ ِ َ ‫ج َل ْس ُت ِع‬.
‫ند‬ َ ‘I sat at the headmaster’s.’ –
‫ ِن ْم ُت ت َْح َت َش َج َر ٍة‬. ‘I slept under a tree.’

ِ ‫الم‬
This is called zarf al-makân (‫كان‬ َ ‫ف‬ُ ‫)ظ ْر‬,
َ i.e. adverb of place.

Some zurûf 1 are mabnî. Here are some: ‫ َأ ْي َن‬which ends in fathah; ‫س‬
ِ ‫ َأ ْم‬which ends in
ُ ‫ َح ْي‬and ‫ َق ُّط‬which end in dammah; ‫ هُ نا‬and ‫ َم َتى‬which end in sukûn.2
kasrah; ‫ث‬

1 ُ ‫)الظ ُر‬
Zurûf (‫وف‬ ُّ is plural of zarf.
2
Because both these words end in alif which is sâkin. (‫ َم َتى‬is actually ْ‫)م َتا‬.
َ
11
‫ َم َتى‬:‫‘ َم َتى َخ َر ْج َت؟‬When did you go out?’

‫ َأ ْي َن‬:‫س؟‬
ُ ‫‘ أ ْي َن ت َْد ُر‬Where do you study?’

ِ ‫ َأ ْم‬: ‫س‬
‫س‬ ِ ‫لم َأ ِغ ْب ْأم‬
ْ ‘I was not absent yesterday.’

‫ َق ُّط‬: ‫الفاك َه َة َق ُّط‬

ِ ‫‘ َل ْم َأ ُذ ْق هذ ِه‬I have never tasted this fruit.’

‫ هُ نا‬: ‫س هُ نا‬
ْ ‫اج ِل‬
ْ ‘Sit here.’

‫ َح ْي ُث‬: ‫س َح ْي ُث ِش ْئ َت‬
ْ ‫‘ ِا ْج ِل‬Sit where you like.’
Here is an example of the i‘râb of mabnî zurûf:

In the sentence ‫س‬

ِ ‫أغ ْب ْأم‬
ِ ‫ لم‬the word ‫س‬
ِ ‫ ْأم‬is zarfu zamân, it is mabnî ending in kasrah,
ْ ‫)في َم َح ِ ّل ن‬.
and is in the place of nasb (‫َص ٍب‬

In the sentence ‫س؟‬

ُ ‫ أ ْي َن ت َْد ُر‬the word ‫ أ ْي َن‬is zarfu makân, it is mabnî ending in fathah, and
ْ ‫)في َم َح ِ ّل ن‬.
is in the place of nasb (‫َص ٍب‬

Words which function as zurûf:

A word may represent a zarf and so take the nasb-ending even though originally it is not a

word denoting time or place. It happens with the following types of words:

ْ ‫ ِن‬،‫ َب ْعض‬،‫ ُك ّل‬when they have place/time words as their mudâf ilaihi,
a) words like ‫ ُر ْبع‬،‫صف‬

e.g.,

. ِ‫‘ سا َف ْرنا ُك َّل ال َّنهار‬We travelled the whole day.’

َ ‫الم ْس َتشْ َفى َب ْع‬

.‫ض َي ْو ٍم‬ ُ ‫‘ َب ِق ْي ُت في‬I remained in the hospital for part of a day.’
َ ‫‘ ِا ْن َت َظ ْرت‬I waited for you fifteen minutes.’
.‫ُك ُر ْب َع ساع ٍة‬

َ ‫‘ َمشَ ْي ُت ِن ْص‬I walked half a kilometre.’

.‫ف ِكي ُلو ِم ْت ٍر‬

12
 َ ‫ ِن ْص‬،‫ ُر ْب َع‬،‫ض‬
In these sentences the words ‫ف‬ ْ ،‫ ُك َّل‬are mansûb because they function as
َ ‫بع‬
zurûf. But the actual words denoting time or place or their mudâf ilaihi.

ً ‫ َج َل ْس ُت َط ِوي‬for ‫ال‬
b) the adjective of a zarf after the zarf is omitted, e.g. ‫ال‬ ً ‫َج َل ْس ُت وَ ْق ًتا َط ِوي‬
ً ‫ َط ِوي‬is mansûb because it functions as zarf.
‘I sat for a long time.’ In the first sentence ‫ال‬

c) a demonstrative pronoun whose badal is a word denoting time or place, e.g.,

‫وع‬ ُ ‫‘ ِج ْئ ُت َهذا‬I came this week.’ Here ‫ َهذا‬is mabnî, and in the place of nasb.
َ ‫األ ْس ُب‬

ٍ ‫بغداد أربعـ َة‬

d) numbers representing place/time words, e.g., ‫أيـام‬ َ ُ ‫‘ َم َكث‬I stayed in
‫ْت في‬
Baghdad four days.’ – ‫‘ ِس ْرنا ِما َئ َة ِكي ُلو ِمــ ْت ٍر‬We have gone one hundred kilometres.’ Here ‫أربعـ َة‬

is mansûb because it represents a word denoting time (‫ ) َأ َّيام‬and ‫ ِما َئ َة‬is mansûb because it

represents a word denoting place (‫)كيلو ِم ْتر‬.

ِ

In the same way, the word ‫‘ َك ْم‬how many’ functions as a zarf if it represents a time/place

word, e.g.,

َ ‫كـم َل ِبث‬
‫ْت؟‬ ْ ‘How long did you stay?’ or ‘How many (days/hours) did you stay?’

‫كم َمشَ ْي َت؟‬

ْ ‘How many (kilometres) did you walk?’

(2) The particle ‫ َل ْو‬is used to express an unfulfilled condition in the past, e.g., ‫ت‬ ْ ‫َل ِو‬
َ ‫اج َت َه ْد‬
‫‘ َلــ َن َج ْح َت‬Had you worked hard you would have passed.’ This means that you did not work
hard, and so did not pass.

Its Arabic name is ‫ناع‬

ٍ ‫ال ْم ِت‬
ِ ‫ناع‬ ُ ‫ َح ْر‬which means that this particle signifies that one
ٍ ‫ف ْام ِت‬
thing failed to happen because of another.

As you can see, the sentence is made up of two parts. The second part is called the jawâb.

َ ‫ َل َن َج ْح‬is the jawâb.

In the above example ‫ت‬

The jawâb takes a lâm. This lâm is mostly omitted if the jawâb is negative, e.g.,
13
ُ ‫ريض ما َت َأ َّخ ْر‬
‫ت‬ َ ‫‘ َل ْو َع َر ْف ُت أن‬Had I known that you are sick I would not have been late.’
ٌ ‫َّك َم‬

Here are some more examples of ‫ َل ْو‬:

‫‘ َل ْو َسمِ ْع َت ِق َّص َت ُه َل َب َك ْي َت‬Had you heard his story you would have cried.’

‫الم ِد ِير‬ َ ‫س ما َش َك ْوت‬

ُ ‫ُك إلى‬ َ ‫‘ َل ْو َح َض ْر‬Had you been present yesterday I would not have
ِ ‫ت ْأم‬
complained about you to the headmaster.’

‫ـاس َل َم ِر ُضوا‬ َ ‫ َل ْو‬.‫فاس ٌد‬

ُ ‫أك َل ُه ال ّن‬ ِ ‫عام‬ َّ ‫‘ هذا‬This food is rotten. Had the
ُ ‫الط‬
people eaten it, they would have fallen sick.’

‫ظر َل َب َك ْي َت‬
َ ‫الم ْن‬ َ
َ ‫رأيت ذاك‬ ‫‘ َل ْو‬Had you seen that sight, you would have
cried.’

ُ ‫َأخ ْر‬
‫ت‬ َّ ‫اليوم ما ت‬
َ ‫الر ْحل َة‬ َّ ‫‘ َل ْو َع َر ْف ُت‬Had I known the trip is today, I would not have been late.’
ّ ِ ‫أن‬
(3) In ‫ ِم ْن َق ْب ُل‬the word ‫ َق ْب ُل‬is mabnî. ‫ َق ْب ُل‬and ‫ـد‬
ُ ‫ َب ْع‬becomes mabnî when the mudâf ilaihi
after them is omitted. We may say, ‫ت ُمدير ًا ِم ْن َق ْب ِل ذلـك‬ ُ ،‫س‬
ُ ‫وك ْن‬ ٌ ‫‘ أنا اآلن ُم َد ِ ّر‬I am now a
َ ‫ َذ ِلـ‬is the mudâf ilaihi. ‘Before that’
teacher, and was before that a headmaster.’ Here ‫ك‬

means ‘before being a teacher.’ Now when the mudâf ilaihi is mentioned ‫ َق ْب ِل‬is mu‘rab, and

it takes the jarr-ending (-i) after the preposition ‫ ِم ْن‬. But when the mudâf ilaihi is omitted

it becomes mabnî, and we say ‫ت ُمدير ًا ِم ْن َق ْب ُل‬ ُ which can be translated as ‘and I was a
ُ ‫وك ْن‬
headmaster earlier.’

َ ‫ ولم َأ َر ُه ِم ْن َب ْع ِد‬،‫العاش َر ِة‬

In the same way we say, ‫ذلك‬ ِ ٌ ‫كان‬
‫بالل َم ِعي إلى الساع ِة‬ َ ‘Bilal was with
me till ten o’clock, but I didn’t see him after that.’ If we omit the mudâf ilaihi, we say,

‫‘ ولم أ َر ُه ِم ْن َب ْع ُد‬But I didn’t see him later.’

ِ ‫أل ْم ُر ِم ْن َق ْب ُل‬
In the Qur’an (30:4): ‫وَم ْن َب ْع ُد‬ َ ‫‘ ِل َّل ِه ا‬The decision before and after (these events)
is Allah’s.’

14
 ‫‪Lesson‬‬

‫الـدرس الثاني‬
‫ُ‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫س ج ِّي ًدا‪.‬‬
‫أل ْم ِ‬ ‫تاذ‪َ ،‬ل ْم أ ْف َه ْم َد ْر َ‬
‫سا َ‬ ‫أس ُ‬‫الحسن ‪ :‬يا ْ‬
‫ُ ‬

‫إن شا َء ال َّلهُ… ُخ ُذوا َدفا ِت َر ُك ْم‪.‬‬ ‫س ‪ :‬ا ْق َر ْأ ُه َم ّر ًة ْ‬

‫أخ َرى ت َْف َه ْم ُه ْ‬ ‫المدر ‬

‫ب َدفا ِت َر ُه ْم)‬ ‫الط َّ‬

‫ال ُ‬ ‫(يأخ ُذ ُّ‬
‫ُ‬ ‫ ‬

‫أس ُ‬
‫تاذ‪.‬‬ ‫‪َ :‬ل ْم َأ ِج ْد َد ْف َت ِري يا ْ‬ ‫ُم َح َّم ٌ د‬

‫الف‬ ‫س ‪ِ :‬ا ْب َح ْث َج ِّيد ًا ت َِج ْد ُه ْ‬

‫إن شا َء ال َّلهُ‪ُ .‬ه َو ُذو ِغ ٍ‬ ‫الم َد ِّر ُ ‬
‫ُ‬
‫س َكذ ِل َك‪.‬‬
‫أص َفر‪ .‬أ َل ْي َ‬
‫ْ‬

‫‪َ :‬ب َلى … َها ُهو ََذا‪.‬‬ ‫ُم َح َّم ٌ د‬

‫أن َي ْد ُخ َل‪.‬‬ ‫الباب َر ُج ٌل ُي ِر ُ‬

‫يد ْ‬ ‫‪ِ :‬ب ِ‬ ‫َع ِل ٌّ ‬
‫ي‬

‫س ‪ِ :‬ل َي ْد ُخ ْل‪.‬‬
‫الم َد ِّر ُ ‬
‫ُ‬

‫الج ُد َد ِلل َّت ْط ِع ْي ِم‪.‬‬

‫ب ُ‬ ‫الط َّ‬
‫ال َ‬ ‫آخ َذ ُّ‬
‫أن ُ‬ ‫‪ :‬أنا ُم َم ِّر ٌ‬
‫ض ِفي ُم ْس َتشْ َفى الجا ِم َع ِة‪ .‬أرِ ُ‬
‫يد ْ‬ ‫ال َّر ُج ُ ‬
‫ل‬

‫الج ُد ُد إ َلى ُ‬
‫الم ْس َتشْ َفى وَ ْل َي ْر ِج ُعوا َ‬
‫بعد ال َّت ْط ِع ْي ِم‪.‬‬ ‫ب ُ‬ ‫س ‪ُ :‬خ ْذ ُه ْم‪ِ .‬ل َي ْذ َه ِب ُّ‬
‫الط ّ‬
‫ال ُ‬ ‫الم َد ِّر ُ ‬
‫ُ‬

‫الم ْع َه َد َغد ًا‬

‫ُور َ‬
‫وان‪َ ،‬س َيز ُ‬
‫إخ ُ‬‫وه ْم ثالث ٌة) ِا ْس َم ُعوا يا ْ‬
‫الج ُد ُد‪ُ ،‬‬
‫اب ُ‬ ‫ ( َي ْخ ُر ُج ُّ‬
‫الط ّل ُ‬
‫س ُك ُّل‬ ‫جامعات ن َْي ِج ِيريا َفال َي ِغ ْب َأ َح ٌد وال َي َت َأ َّخ ْر‪ ،‬وَ ْل َي ْل َب ْ‬
‫ِ‬ ‫وَ ْف ٌد ِم ْن ِإ ْح َدى‬
‫واك ُت ْب َه ِذ ِه اآل َي َة َع َلى‬ ‫نان ْ‬ ‫اآلن‪ .‬ت َ‬
‫َعال يا َع ْد ُ‬ ‫س َ‬ ‫س َب َل ِد ِه… ِل َن ْق َر ْأ َّ‬
‫الد ْر َ‬ ‫طا ِل ٍب ِل ْب َ‬
‫الس ُّبو َر ِة‪.‬‬
‫َّ‬
‫‪15‬‬
 ‫أج َم ُل ِم ْن َخ ِّطي‪.‬‬ ‫‪ِ :‬ل َي ْك ُت ْب ع ِل ٌّي َّ‬
‫فإن َخ َّط ُه ْ‬ ‫نان‬
‫َع ْد ُ ‬

‫الكتا َب ِة) َم ْن َي ْق َر ُؤها؟‬ ‫علي‪َ ( .‬ب ْع َد َف ِ‬

‫راغ ِه ِم َن ِ‬ ‫س ‪ْ :‬‬
‫اك ُت ْب يا ُّ‬ ‫الم َد ِّر ُ ‬
‫ُ‬

‫محم ٌد ف ِإ َّن ُه قارِ ٌئ ُذو َص ْو ٍت َجمِ ٍ‬

‫يل‪.‬‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ن ‪ِ :‬ل َي ْق َر ْأها‬
‫الح َس ُ ‬
‫َ‬

‫ان ِإ َلٰى َط َعا ِم ِه…﴾‬

‫نس ُ‬ ‫عاذ ِة وال َب ْس َم َل ِة) ﴿ َف ْل َي ُ‬
‫نظ ِر ا ْل ِإ َ‬ ‫االس ِت َ‬
‫‪َ ( :‬ب ْع َد ْ‬ ‫ُم َح َّم ٌ د‬

‫أخ ُر َج‪.‬‬
‫أن ْ‬
‫يد ْ‬ ‫أس ُ‬
‫تاذ‪ ،‬أرِ ُ‬ ‫‪ :‬يا ْ‬ ‫أنور‬
‫ُ ‬

‫أح ٌد أ ْثنا َء َّ‬

‫الد ْر ِس‪.‬‬ ‫س ‪ :‬ال َي ْخ ُر ْج َ‬
‫الم َد ِّر ُ ‬
‫ُ‬

‫‪ :‬وَ ا َر ْأسا ْه!! وَ ا َر ْأ َسا ْه!!‬ ‫ال ُّز َب ْي ُ ر‬

‫‪ :‬ما ِب َك يا زُ َب ْي ُر؟‬ ‫س‬

‫الم َد ِّر ُ ‬
‫ُ‬

‫شديد‪ .‬آ ِه‪ ،‬آ ْه‪.‬‬

‫ٌ‬ ‫‪ :‬بِ ي ُص ٌ‬
‫داع‬ ‫ال ُّز َب ْي ُ ر‬

‫الس َكن‪.‬‬
‫ال ِئ َك ِفي َّ‬ ‫اذ َه ْب إ َلى ُ‬
‫الم ْس َتشْ َفى‪ .‬وَ ْل َي ْذ َه ْب َم َع َك َ‬
‫أح ُد زُ َم َ‬ ‫س ‪ْ :‬‬
‫الم َد ِّر ُ ‬
‫ُ‬

‫عدنان‪.‬‬
‫ُ‬ ‫‪َ :‬ف ْل َي ْذ َه ْب َم ِعي‬ ‫ال ُّز َب ْي ُ ر‬
‫‪Answer the following questions:‬‬ ‫األس ِئ َل ِة اآل ِت َي ِة ‪:‬‬
‫ب َع ِن ْ‬
‫أج ْ‬
‫ِ‬

‫الف ْص ِل؟‬ ‫الم َم ِّر ُ‬

‫ض إ َلى َ‬ ‫(‪ )1‬لماذا جا َء ُ‬

‫(‪ِ )2‬م ْن أ ْي َن َي ِأتي ال َو ْف ُد إ َلى َ‬

‫الم ْع َه ِد؟‬

‫وم ِن ا َّل ِذي َق َر َأها؟‬ ‫(‪َ )3‬م ِن ا َّل ِذي َك َت َب اآل َي َة َع َلى َّ‬
‫الس ُّبو َر ِة‪َ ،‬‬

‫ضار ِع وت َْج ِز ُمهُ‪،‬‬ ‫أل ْم ِر‪ .‬ت َْد ُخ ُل َع َلى ال ِف ْع ِل ُ‬

‫الم ِ‬ ‫( ِل َي ْد ُخ ْل) َه ِذ ِه ُ‬
‫الم ا َ‬ ‫ ‬
‫و ُت ِف ْي ُد ا َ‬
‫أل ْم َر‪.‬‬

‫‪16‬‬
 ‫والم َت َك ِّل ِم‪ ،‬نحوَ‪ِ :‬ل َي ْج ِل ْ‬
‫س ُك ُّل‬ ‫ت َْد ُخ ُل َع َلى ِف ْع ِل الغا ِئ ِب ُ‬ ‫ ‬
‫س ُهنا‪.‬‬
‫طا ِل ٍب في َمكا ِن ِه‪ِ .‬ل َن ْج ِل ْ‬

‫الواو‪ ،‬والفا ِء‪ ،‬و ُث َّم‪.‬‬

‫بعد ِ‬‫األم ِر َم ْك ُسو َرةٌ‪ ،‬وت َُس َّك ُن َ‬
‫الم ْ‬‫ُ‬ ‫ ‬

‫َت َمــارِ ُ‬
‫ين‬
‫‪Exercises‬‬

‫اس َت ْخ ِر ْج ما في ال َّد ْر ِس ِم ْن أ ْم ِث َل ِة ِ‬
‫الم األ ْم ِر‪:‬‬ ‫(‪ْ )1‬‬
‫األم ِر ‪Find out all the instances of‬‬
‫الم ْ‬‫‪ُ occurring in the lesson:‬‬

‫الش ْك ِل‪:‬‬ ‫(‪َ )2‬ع ِّي ْن ال َم األ ْم ِر ِفيما َيأ ِتي‪ْ ،‬‬
‫واض ِب ْطها ِب َّ‬
‫األم ِر ‪In the following sentences point out‬‬
‫الم ْ‬‫‪ُ and vocalize it correctly:‬‬
‫الطالب‬
‫ُ‬ ‫وليرجعوا بعد ُم َقا َب َل ِت ِه‪ )2( .‬ليكتب‬
‫ِ‬ ‫المدير‪،‬‬
‫ِ‬ ‫الجدد إلى‬
‫ُ‬ ‫الطالب‬
‫ُ‬ ‫(‪ )1‬ليذهب‬ ‫ ‬
‫والم َج ّ‬
‫ال ِت‬ ‫ف َ‬ ‫الص ُح َ‬
‫األسو َِد‪ )3( .‬لنذهب إلى المكتب ِة ولنقرأ ُّ‬ ‫بالح ْب ِر ا َ‬
‫ألزْ َر ِق أو ْ‬ ‫ا َ‬
‫أل ْج ِو َب َة ِ‬
‫الطالب‬
‫َ‬ ‫دامى‬ ‫الطالب ُ‬
‫الق َ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫ساعد‬
‫الدرس وليكتبه‪ )5( .‬ل ُي ِ‬
‫َ‬ ‫طالب هذا‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫(‪ )4‬ليقرأ ُّ‬
‫كل‬
‫ثم لنذهب إلى‬ ‫ٍ‬
‫واحد في مكانه‪ )7( .‬لنجلس اآلن في الحديق ِة‪ّ ،‬‬ ‫الج ُد َد‪ )6( .‬ل َي ْبق ُّ‬
‫كل‬ ‫ُ‬
‫ِ‬
‫المسجد‪.‬‬

‫الش ْك ِل‪:‬‬
‫واض ِب ْطها ِب َّ‬ ‫(‪ )3‬أد ِْخ ْل ال َم األ ْم ِر َع َلى األ ْف ِ‬
‫عال اآل ِت َي ِة‪ْ ،‬‬

‫‪ to the following verbs and show vowel points:‬الم األمر ‪Add‬‬

‫…………………‬ ‫ويكتب‬
‫ُ ‬ ‫يقر ُأ‬ ‫…‬
‫……………… ‬ ‫َي ْد ُخ ُ ‬
‫ل‬

‫…………………‬ ‫ويسجد‬
‫ُ ‬ ‫يركع‬
‫ُ‬ ‫…‬
‫……………… ‬ ‫َي ْأ ُك ُ ‬
‫ل‬
‫‪17‬‬
 ‫القرآن …………………‬
‫َ ‬ ‫نجلس هنا ونقر ُأ‬
‫ُ‬ ‫…‬
‫……………… ‬ ‫َن َن ُام ‬
‫…………………‬ ‫َي ْم ِشي ‬ ‫…‬ ‫َي ْذ َه ُب َ ‬
‫ون ……………… ‬

‫…………………‬ ‫َي ُق ُ ‬
‫ـول‬ ‫…‬
‫……………… ‬ ‫َف َن ْأ ُك ُ ‬
‫ل‬

‫…………………‬ ‫ ‬
‫َي ِب ْي ُع‬ ‫…‬
‫……………… ‬ ‫ى‬
‫َي ْن َس ‬

‫…………………‬ ‫ي‬
‫َيشْ َت ِر ‬ ‫…‬
‫……………… ‬ ‫ن َْد ُع و‬

‫جمل مفيد ٍة‪:‬‬

‫ٍ‬ ‫الم األ ْم ِر في‬
‫أمثلة ِلـ ِ‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫(‪ِ )4‬‬
‫هات خمس َة‬
‫األمر( ‪Make five sentences containing‬‬
‫ِ‬ ‫‪):‬الم‬
‫ُ‬

‫الم َ‬
‫خاط ِب‪ ،‬نحوَ‪:‬‬ ‫الداخ َل َة َع َلى ِف ِ‬
‫عل ُ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫َس َب َق ْ‬
‫أن َد َر ْس َت (ال الناهي َة)‬ ‫ ‬

‫الساع ِة الواحد ِة‪.‬‬ ‫المطعم َ‬

‫قبل ّ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫إخوان‪ ،‬ال ت َْذ َه ُبوا إلى‬
‫ُ‬ ‫الفصل‪ .‬يا‬
‫ِ‬ ‫تلعب في‬
‫ْ‬ ‫أحمد ال‬
‫ُ‬ ‫يا‬ ‫ ‬
‫َ‬
‫النوافذ‪.‬‬ ‫ُ‬
‫أخوات ال ت َْف َت ْح َن‬ ‫يا آمن ُة ال ت َْج ِل ِسي هنا‪ .‬يا‬

‫الف ْص ِل‪.‬‬ ‫وت َْد ُخ ُل (ال الناهي ُة) َع َلى ِف ْع ِل الغا ِئ ِب أ ْيض ًا‪ ،‬نحوَ‪ :‬ال َي ْخ ُر ْج َ‬
‫أح ُد ُك ْم ِم َن َ‬ ‫ ‬

‫َت َمــارِ ُ‬
‫ين‬
‫‪Exercises‬‬

‫الناهية ِفيما َي ِلي‪:‬‬

‫ِ‬ ‫الش ْك ِل األ ْف َ‬
‫عال اآل ِت َي َة َب ْع َد ال‬ ‫(‪ِ )1‬ا ْ‬
‫ض ِب ْط ِب َّ‬
‫‪) and vocalize the verb following it in‬ال الناهية( ‪Read the following examples of‬‬
‫‪each of them:‬‬

‫ً‬
‫بعضا‪.‬‬ ‫الدرس‪ )2( .‬ال يضرب بعضكم‬
‫ِ‬ ‫َ‬
‫الفصل في َأ ْثنا ِء‬ ‫أحدكم‬
‫ُ‬ ‫(‪ )1‬ال يدخل‬ ‫ ‬
‫‪18‬‬
‫أحد على الس ّبورة ِبغَ ْي ِر ِإ ْذ ِن‬
‫ٌ‬ ‫(‪ )3‬ال تدخل الجامع َة س ّيار ُة ُ‬
‫األ ْج َر ِة (‪ )4‬ال يكتب‬
‫الطـالب ا َ‬
‫أل ْج ِو َب َة‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫المدرس‪ )5( .‬ال يكتب‬
‫أحد بالشَّ مال‪.‬‬
‫ٌ‬ ‫بالح ْبر األحمر‪ )6( .‬ال يأكل‬
‫ِ‬
‫خارج المكتبة‪.‬‬
‫َ‬ ‫الم َج ّ‬
‫الت‬ ‫أحد َ‬
‫ٌ‬ ‫(‪ )7‬ال يأخذ‬
‫أحد من َأ َح ٍد‪ )9( .‬ال َي ُس ّب ُ‬
‫أحدكم‬ ‫(‪ )8‬ال يسخر ٌ‬
‫الم ْس َت ْق َبل‪:‬‬ ‫أحد َجوا َز َس َف ِره‪ )11( .‬ال يقل لي ٌ‬
‫أحد في ُ‬ ‫المسلم‪ )10( .‬ال َينس ٌ‬
‫َ‬ ‫أخاه‬
‫النبي ‪ Á‬قال‪:‬‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ِإني نسيت الكتاب أو الدفتر‪ )12( .‬عن ابن ُع َم َر رضي الله عنهما أن‬
‫ال َم َع ِذ ْي َم ْح َر ٍم»‪( .‬رواه البخاري)‪ )13( .‬عن أبي‬ ‫الم ْر َأ ُة ثالث َة ٍ‬
‫أيام ِإ ّ‬ ‫«ال ت َُسا ِفر َ‬
‫جار جا َره أن َيغْ ِر َز َخشَ َب ُه في‬
‫هريرة رضي الله عنه أن رسول الله ‪ Á‬قال‪« :‬ال َي ْمنع ٌ‬
‫ِجداره» (متفق عليه)‪.‬‬

‫راغ مسبوق ًا بـ (ال الناهية)‬

‫ض ْع ُه في ال َف ِ‬ ‫ٌ‬
‫فعل مضارعٌ ‪َ .‬‬ ‫جملة ِفيما يأ ِتي‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫(‪ )2‬أمام ُك ِّل‬
‫آخ َر ُه‪:‬‬ ‫ْ‬
‫واض ِب ْط ِ‬
‫‪) and‬ال الناهية( ‪Fill in the blanks with the verbs in the brackets preceded by‬‬
‫‪vocalize the verbs correctly:‬‬

‫س)‬
‫(‪ ……………… )1‬أحدكم في الطريق‪َ ( .‬ي ْج ِل ُ‬ ‫ ‬

‫س‪َ ( .‬ي ْف َت ُح)‬

‫الج َر ُ‬ ‫الفصل َ‬
‫قبل أن َي ِر َّن َ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫باب‬
‫أحد َ‬
‫(‪ٌ ……………… )2‬‬ ‫ ‬

‫ُور)‬
‫أحد‪َ ( .‬يز ُ‬
‫اليوم ٌ‬
‫َ‬ ‫(‪ ……………… )3‬ني‬ ‫ ‬

‫ام)‬
‫الفصل‪َ ( .‬ي َن ُ‬
‫ِ‬ ‫أحد في‬
‫(‪ٌ ……………… )4‬‬ ‫ ‬

‫األخير ِة‪َ ( .‬ي ْب َقى)‬

‫الح َّص ِة ِ‬
‫بعد ِ‬
‫الفصل َ‬
‫ِ‬ ‫أحد في‬
‫(‪ٌ ……………… )5‬‬ ‫ ‬
‫‪19‬‬
 ‫س)‬
‫أكثر من ُر ْب ِع ساع ٍة‪َ ( .‬ي ْج ِل ُ‬
‫َ‬ ‫المريض‬
‫ِ‬ ‫(‪ ……………… )6‬ال ُّزوَّ ُار َ‬
‫عند‬ ‫ ‬

‫السابع ِة‪،‬‬
‫الساع ِة ّ‬ ‫حان َ‬
‫قبل ّ‬ ‫الطالب قاع َة ْ‬
‫االم ِت ِ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫(‪……………… )7‬‬ ‫ ‬
‫ُ‬
‫(يدخل‪/‬يخرجون)‬ ‫الساع ِة الثامن ِة‪.‬‬ ‫و …………… منها َ‬
‫قبل ّ‬

‫بعض‪َ ( .‬ي ْس َخ ُر)‬

‫ٍ‬ ‫(‪ُ ……………… )8‬‬
‫بعضكم من‬ ‫ ‬

‫المسجد‪َ ( .‬ي ْر َف ُع)‬

‫ِ‬ ‫أحد صو َت ُه في‬
‫(‪ٌ ……………… )9‬‬ ‫ ‬

‫إلجا َب ِة‪( .‬ت َْك ُت ُب)‬ ‫ُ‬

‫الطالبات أسما َء ُه َّن في َدفا ِت ِر ا ِ‬ ‫(‪……………… )10‬‬ ‫ ‬

‫الداخلة َع َلى ِف ْع ِل الغا ِئ ِب‪.‬‬

‫ِ‬ ‫أمثلة ل ِـ (ال الناهية)‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫(‪ِ )3‬‬
‫هات ثالث َة‬
‫‪ used with the third person:‬ال الناهية ‪Give three examples of‬‬

‫واحد ًا أربع ُة َأ ْح ُر ٍف‪ِ ،‬‬

‫وهي‪:‬‬ ‫ال ِ‬‫(‪ )3‬الجازِ ُم ِف ْع ً‬

‫(‪َ )1‬ل ْم‪،‬كما في قوله تـعالى‪َ ﴿ :‬أ َل ْم ن َْج َعل َّل ُه َع ْي َن ْي ِن‪ ،‬وَ ِل َسا ًنا َ‬
‫وَش َف َت ْي ِن﴾ (البلد ‪)9،8‬‬ ‫ ‬

‫ان ِفي ُق ُل ِوب ُك ْم﴾ (الحجرات ‪)14‬‬ ‫(‪َ )2‬ل َّما‪،‬كما في قول ِه تعالى‪﴿ :‬وَ َل َّما َي ْد ُخ ِل ا ْل ِإ َ‬
‫يم ُ‬ ‫ ‬

‫الناه َي ُة‪،‬كما في قول ِه تعالى‪َ ﴿ :‬لا ت َْحز َْن ِإ َّن ال َّلـ َه َم َع َنا﴾ (التوبة ‪)40‬‬
‫(‪ )3‬ال ِ‬ ‫ ‬

‫ان ِإ َلٰى َط َع ِ‬
‫ام ِه﴾ (عبس ‪)34‬‬ ‫نس ُ‬ ‫األم ِر‪َ ،‬كما في قول ِه تعالى‪َ ﴿ :‬ف ْل َي ُ‬
‫نظ ِر ا ْل ِإ َ‬ ‫الم ْ‬‫(‪ُ )4‬‬ ‫ ‬

‫‪20‬‬
 ‫َت َمــارِ ُ‬
‫ين‬
‫‪Exercise‬‬

‫حوي ُك ُّل واحد ٍة منها َح ْر ًفا َي ْج ِز ُم فع ًال واحداً‪.‬‬

‫أربع ُج َم ٍل ِمن إنْشا ِئ َك َت ِ‬
‫َ‬ ‫ِ‬
‫هات‬
‫‪:‬جوازم ‪Give four sentences of your composition each containing one of the four‬‬

‫مجزوم أل َّن ُه وَ َق َع َجواب ًا ِل َّ‬

‫لط َل ِب‪.‬‬ ‫ٌ‬ ‫( ِا ْق َر ْأ ُه َم َّر ًة ُأ ْخ َرى ت َْف َه ْمهُ)‪ .‬هنا (ت َْف َه ْم)‬ ‫ ‬
‫أل ْم ُر وال َّن ْه ُي‪ ،‬نحوَ‪ِ :‬ا ْع َم ْل‬ ‫ْواع َّ‬
‫الط َل ِب‪ :‬ا َ‬ ‫المضارع َجواب ًا ِل َّ‬
‫لط َل ِب ُج ِز َم‪ .‬و ِم ْن َأن ِ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫إذا وَ َق َع‬ ‫ ‬
‫الج َّن َة‪ .‬ال ت َْك َس ْل َت ْن َج ْح‪.‬‬
‫ال صا ِل ًحا ت َْد ُخ ْل َ‬
‫َع َم ً‬

‫َت َمــارِ ُ‬
‫ين‬
‫‪Exercises‬‬
‫ِ‬
‫الش ْك ِل‪:‬‬ ‫جملة ِم ّما َيأ ِتي‪ْ ،‬‬
‫واض ِب ْط ُه ِب َّ‬ ‫ٍ‬ ‫الط َل ِب في ُك ِّل‬
‫واب ّ‬
‫(‪َ )1‬ع ِّي ْن َج َ‬
‫‪ in each of the following sentences, and vocalize it‬جواب الطلب ‪Point out‬‬
‫‪correctly:‬‬
‫الن‪ )3( .‬زُ ْر ِني أزرك‪ )4( .‬ت َ‬
‫َعال‬ ‫إل ْع َ‬ ‫س نسمع األخبار‪ِ )2( .‬ق ْ‬
‫ف نقرأ هذا ا ِ‬ ‫(‪ِ )1‬ا ْج ِل ْ‬ ‫ ‬
‫نذهب إلى السوق‪ِ )5( .‬ا ْج َت ِهد تنجح‪ )6( .‬ال تُشْ ِر ْك بالله تدخل الج ّنة‪ )7( .‬في‬
‫وني َأ ْس َت ِج ْب َل ُك ْم﴾‪( .‬غـافر ‪ )8( )60‬قال موسى ‪ #‬لله‬ ‫ال َر ُّب ُك ُم ْ‬
‫اد ُع ِ‬ ‫التنـزيل‪﴿ :‬وَ َق َ‬
‫ب َأرِ ِني َأ ُ‬
‫نظ ْر ِإ َل ْي َك﴾‪ ،‬كما جـاء في سورة األعراف اآلية ‪ )9( .143‬في‬ ‫تعـالى‪َ ﴿ :‬ر ِّ‬
‫اهك»‪.‬‬ ‫حديث ابن ع ّباس رضي الله عنهما‪ِ « :‬ا ْح َف ْظ الله يحفظك‪ .‬احفظ الله تجده ت َ‬
‫ُج َ‬
‫(رواه الترمذي)‪.‬‬
‫‪21‬‬
 ‫الف ْع ِل ال َم ْك ُت ِ‬
‫وب أما َمها‪:‬‬ ‫جملة ِم ّما َيأ ِتي ِب ِ‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫(‪ )2‬أ ْك ِم ْل ُك َّل‬
‫‪Fill in the blanks with the verbs given in the brackets:‬‬

‫( َأ ْش َت ِري)‬ ‫……………… كتابا ‪.‬‬ ‫(‪ِ )1‬ق ْ‬

‫ف‬ ‫ ‬

‫( َأ ُق ُ‬
‫ول)‬ ‫……………… لك شيئ ا‬ ‫(‪ )2‬تعال‬ ‫ ‬

‫الم ْك َتبات ……………… ُ ه (ت َِج ُد)‬

‫(‪ِ )3‬ا ْب َح ْث عن هذا الكتاب في َ‬ ‫ ‬

‫الم ْس َأ َل ِة ……………… ـها ‪َ ( .‬يشْ َر ُح)‬

‫المدرس عن هذه َ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫(‪ِ )4‬ا ْس َأل‬ ‫ ‬

‫َل َك ‪َ ( .‬ي ْس َت ِج ْي ُب)‬ ‫……………… ‬ ‫(‪ُ )5‬ا ْد ُع ال ّل َه‬ ‫ ‬

‫الط َل ِب‪.‬‬
‫لجز ِْم ِب ُّ‬
‫أمثلة ِل َ‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫(‪ِ )3‬‬
‫هات ثالث َة‬
‫‪:‬الجزم بالطلب ‪Give three examples of‬‬

‫ص‪:‬‬ ‫(‪ )4‬تأ َّم ْل األمثل َة اآلتي َة ِلل ُّن ْد َب ِة‪ ،‬وأ ْك ِم ْل ال َّن ِ‬
‫اق َ‬
‫‪ from the words given below:‬ندبة ‪Form‬‬

‫َر ْأ ِس ‬
‫ي ‪ :‬وَ ا َر ْأ َسا ْه!‬ ‫ ‬

‫َي ِد ْ ‬
‫ي ‪ :‬وَ ا َي َدا ْه!‬ ‫ ‬

‫ي ‪ :‬وَ ا َب ْط َنا ْه!‬

‫َب ْط ِن ‬ ‫ ‬

‫َق ْل ِب ‬
‫ي ‪……………… :‬‬ ‫ ‬

‫َظ ْه ِري ‪……………… :‬‬ ‫ ‬

‫َع ْي ِن ‬
‫ي ‪……………… :‬‬ ‫ ‬

‫‪22‬‬
 ‫ي ‪……………… :‬‬
‫ِس ِّن ‬ ‫ ‬

‫رِ ْج ِلي ‪……………… :‬‬ ‫ ‬

‫وفاع ُل ُه ضمي ٌر ُم ْس َت ِت ٌر ُ‬
‫ُوجوب ًا‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫َج ُع)‪َ ،‬م ْب ِن ٌّي َع َلى َ‬
‫الك ْس ِر‪،‬‬ ‫مضارع ِب َم ْع َنى ( َأ َتو َّ‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫فعل‬
‫اس ُم ٍ‬
‫(آ ِه‪ ،‬آ ٍه) ْ‬
‫ت َْق ِدي ُر ُه أنا‪.‬‬

‫ين عا ّمة‬
‫َت َمــارِ ُ‬
‫‪General Exercises‬‬

‫‪Write the plural of these words:‬‬ ‫مات اآل ِت َي ِة‪ :‬‬ ‫جمع َ‬
‫الك ِل ِ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫(‪ِ )1‬‬
‫هات‬

‫وَ ْفد‪ِ ،‬غالف‪َ .‬طعام‪َ .‬جار‪ِ .‬جدار‪َ .‬ش َفة‪َ .‬م ِريض‪.‬‬

‫‪Write the singular of these words:‬‬ ‫ماء اآل ِت َي ِة‪ :‬‬

‫األس ِ‬ ‫(‪ِ )2‬‬
‫هات مفر َد ْ‬

‫َأ ْج ِو َبة‪ُ .‬ق َد َ‬

‫امى‪ .‬زُ وَّ ار‪.‬‬

‫‪ from the following verbs:‬مضارع ‪Form‬‬ ‫هات ُمضارعَ األ ْف ِ‬

‫عال اآل ِت َي ِة‪:‬‬ ‫(‪ِ )3‬‬

‫س‪َ .‬ك ِس َل‪َ .‬ف َر َغ‪َ .‬س ِخ َر ِم ْنه‪َ .‬غ َرزَ‪َ .‬ح ِز َن‪َ .‬أ ْش َر َك بالله‪ِ .‬ا ْس َت َج َ‬
‫اب‪.‬‬ ‫َل ِب َ‬

‫التمرينان الشَّ َف ِو َّي ِان اآل ِت ِ‬

‫يان‪:‬‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ُي ْج َرى‬

‫‪23‬‬
 َ / ‫ ساع َتك‬/ ‫ َأرِ ني كتا َبك‬:‫الب ِلزميل ِه‬
……………… ‫قلمك‬ ُ ‫الط‬ ُ
ّ ‫يقول‬ )1(

‫ كتا َبك‬/ ‫ ساع َتك‬/ ‫ َأرِ ِه دف َترك‬:‫آخر‬

َ ‫طالب‬
ٍ ‫الب ِلزميل ِه مشي ًرا إلى‬
ُ ‫الط‬ ُ
ّ ‫يقول‬ )2(
………………………………………………………………………

Points to Remember

In this lesson we learn the following:

ُ You have already learnt the amr e.g., ‫‘ ُا ْك ُت ْب‬write.’ This form of the amr is
َ ‫الم ا‬:
(1) ‫أل ْم ِر‬

used to command (or request) the second person. To command (or request) the third

ْ ‫( ِل َي ْك ُت‬li-yaktub) is used. It means ‘let him write’ or ‘he should write’,

person, the form ‫ب‬

e.g.,

ْ ‫‘ ِل َي ْك ُت ْب ُك ُّل طا ِل ٍب‬Let every student write his name on this paper.’

‫اس َم ُه في هذ ِه ال َو َر َق ِة‬

‫س ُك ُّل طا ِل َب ٍة في َمكا ِنها‬

ْ ‫‘ ِل َت ْج ِل‬Let every female student sit in her place.’
This form is also used with the first person plural, e.g., ‫( ِلـ َن ْأ ُك ْل‬li-na’kul) ‘Let us eat.’

The lâm used in this form is called ‫األم ِر‬

ْ ‫الم‬.
ُ It is used with the mudâri‘ majzûm:

‫ ِل َن ْك ُت ْب‬،‫أل ْك ُت ْب‬
ِ -- ‫ ِل َي ْك ُت ْب َن‬،‫ ِل َتك ُتبا‬،‫ ِل َتك ُت ْب‬-- ‫ ِل َي ْك ُت ُبوا‬،‫ ِل َيك ُتبا‬،‫ِل َي ْك ُت ْب‬

The ‫األمر‬
ِ ‫الم‬ َ ,
ُ has kasrah, but it takes sukûn after ‫ف‬ َ‫ و‬and ‫ ُث َّم‬, e.g.,

‫س ُك ُّل طا ِل ٍب وَ ْل َي ْك ُت ْب‬
ْ ‫‘ ِل َي ْج ِل‬Let every student sit and write.’ (li-yajlis wa l-yaktub Not: wali-
yaktub).
24
‫‘ َف ْل َن ْخ ُر ْج‬So let us go out.’ (fa l-nakhruj Not: fa li-nakhruj).

ً ‫‘ ِل َن ْقر ْأ قلي‬Let us read for sometime, then sleep.’ (li-naqra’ thumma l-nanam. Not:
‫ال ُث َّم ْل َن َن ْم‬
thumma li-nanam).

(2) We have already learnt ‫اه َي ُة‬ َ . Here is an example:

ِ ‫ال ال ّن‬

‫س هُ نا‬ َ ‘Don’t sit here.’ There we have learnt the use of ‫اه َي ُة‬
ْ ‫ال ت َْج ِل‬ ِ ‫ ال ال ّن‬with the second
person only. Now we learn its use with the third person, e.g.,

‫الفص ِل‬
ْ ‫أح ٌد ِم َن‬ َ ‘Let no one leave the class’ or ‘No one should leave the class.’
َ ‫ال َي ْخ ُر ْج‬

Note the difference between these two sentences:

ُ ‫‘ ال ت َْد ُخ ُل س َّيار ُة‬A taxi does not enter the

‫األجـر ِة الجا ِمع َة‬
university.’ (la tadkhulu).

ُ ‫‘ ال ت َْد ُخ ْل س َّيار ُة‬A taxi should not enter the university.’ (la tadkhul).
‫األجر ِة الجا ِمع َة‬

The ‫ ال‬in the first sentence is the ‫ال ال َّنا ِف َي ُة‬, and in the second sentence it is the ‫اه َي ُة‬
ِ ‫ال ال َّن‬.
The verb after the ‫ ال ال َّنا ِف َي ُة‬is ‫;م ْرفوع‬
َ and after the ‫اه َي ُة‬
ِ ‫ ال ال ّن‬it is ‫م ْجزُوم‬.
َ
َّ ‫الجز ُْم ِب‬
(3) ‫الط َل ِب‬ َ : A mudâri‘ preceded by an amr or a nahy1 is majzûm, e.g.,

‫‘ ِا ْق َر ْأ ُه َم َّر ًة ُأ ْخ َرى ت َْف َه ْم ُه‬Read it again, and you will understand it.’

‫‘ ال ت َْك َس ْل َت ْن َج ْح‬Don’t be lazy, and you will pass.’

َّ ‫الجز ُْم ِب‬,

This is called ‫الط َل ِب‬ َ i.e., the mudâri‘ being majzûm because of amr or nahy. The
َّ means ‘demand’ and is used to include both amr and nahy because both of
ُ ‫الط َل‬
word ‫ب‬

them signify demand.

1
Nahy (‫ي‬
ُ ‫ )ال َّن ْه‬is the negative amr, e.g. ‫هُ نا‬ ‫س‬
ْ ‫‘ ال ت َْج ِل‬Don’t sit here.’
25
 َّ ‫واب‬
The mudâri‘ majzûm that comes after the amr or the nahy is called ‫الط َل ِب‬ ُ ‫ج‬.
َ

(4) ‫ !وَا َر ْأسا ْه‬: This is used to express pain, and it is called ‫ال ُّن ْدب ُة‬. From ‫‘ َر ْأ ِسي‬my head’ the

pronoun yâ’ is omitted and the ending ‫( ـا ْه‬âh) is added. If one wants to express pain in his

hand, he says:

!‫وَا َي َدا ْه‬ (‫ َي ِدي‬: ‫ َي َدا ْه‬: yad-î • yadâh).

ٌ ‫ ِب‬we say ‫الال ْه‬
‫ ال ُّن ْدب ُة‬is also used to express sorrow. To mourn the loss of ‫الل‬ َ ‫‘ وَا ِب‬Alas for
Bilal!’

(5) We have learnt mudâri‘ majzûm and we have been introduced there to three of the

four particles that cause jazm in the mudâri‘. These are ‫ َل ْم‬, ‫اه َي ُة‬
ِ ‫ ال ال َّن‬and ‫ َل َّما‬. And we have
َ ‫الم ا‬.
learnt the fourth particle in this lesson: ‫أل ْم ِر‬ ُ These four particles are called ‫َجوَازِ ُم‬
ِ ‫الم‬.
‫ضار ِع‬ ُ Here are some âyât which contain these ‫جوَازِ م‬:
َ

َ ‫‘ أ َل ْم ن َْج َع ْل َل ُه َع ْي َن ْي ِن • وَ ِل َسان ًا‬Have We not made for him a pair of eyes, and a
1) ‫وَش َف َت ْي ِن‬

tongue and a pair of lips?’ (Qur’an, 90: 8-9).

2) ْ ‫وب ُك‬
‫ـم‬ ِ ‫يمان في ُق ُل‬
ُ ‫إل‬ ِ ‫‘ وَ َل َّما َي ْد ُخ ِل ا‬And faith has not yet entered into your hearts’
(Qur’an, 49: 14).

3) ‫َحز َْن ِإ َّن الل َه َم َعنا‬ َ ‘Don’t grieve. Surely Allah is with
ْ ‫ال ت‬
us’ (Qur’an, 9:40).

ِ ‫ان ِإ َلى َط َع‬

4) ‫ام ِه‬ ُ ‫إلن َْس‬ ُ ‫‘ َفـ ْلـ َيـ ْن‬Let man look at his food’
ِ ‫ـظ ِر ا‬
(Qur’an, 80:24).

(6) ‫ آ ٍه‬،‫ آ ِه‬is a verb-noun meaning ‘I feel pain.’ Its fâ‘il is a

hidden pronoun representing ‫أنا‬.

26
 ‫‪Lesson‬‬

‫س ال َّثا ِل ُ‬
‫ث‬ ‫ال َّد ْر ُ‬
‫‪3‬‬

‫الشيخ؟‬
‫ِ‬ ‫‪َ :‬أ ُم ْع َج ٌم َهذا يا فضيل َة‬ ‫شام‬
‫ِه ٌ ‬

‫س ‪ :‬ن ََع ْم‪َ ،‬هذا ُم ْع َج ٌم َم ْد َر ِس ٌّي‪ .‬إذا أ َر ْد َ‬

‫ت َأ ْن تَشْ َت ِر َي ُم ْع َجم ًا‬ ‫الم َد ِّر ُ ‬
‫ُ‬
‫اش َت ِر َهذا‪ ،‬ف ِإ َّن ُه ُم ِف ْي ٌد ِج ّد ًا‪.‬‬
‫َف ْ‬

‫وب‬
‫(مدرسي) َم ْن ُس ٌ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫«م ْع َج ٌم َم ْد َر ِس ٌّي»‪َ .‬أ‬ ‫أس ُ‬
‫تاذ‪ُ ،‬ق ْل َت‪ُ :‬‬ ‫‪ :‬يا ْ‬ ‫شام‬
‫ِه ٌ ‬
‫تاؤها؟‬ ‫األم ُر َ‬
‫كذلك‪ ،‬فأ ْي َن ُ‬ ‫كان ْ‬‫إلى (مدرسة)؟ وإذا َ‬

‫يث َح َذ ْف َت‬
‫وم ِبتا ِء ال َّت ْأ ِن ِ‬ ‫وب إ َلى (مدرسة)‪ .‬إذا ن ََس ْب َت إلى ْ‬
‫اس ٍم َم ْخ ُت ٍ‬ ‫س ‪ :‬ن ََع ْم‪ُ .‬ه َو َم ْن ُس ٌ‬
‫الم َد ِّر ُ ‬
‫ُ‬
‫(م ِّك ٌّي)‪ .‬أ َف ِه ْم َت؟‬ ‫ال ّتا َء‪ .‬فإذا ن ََس ْب َت إلى َم َّك َة َ‬
‫‪-‬م َث ً‬
‫ال‪ُ -‬ق ْل َت‪َ :‬‬

‫‪ :‬ن ََع ْم‪َ .‬ج َ‬

‫زاك ال َّلهُ‪.‬‬ ‫شام‬
‫ِه ٌ ‬

‫( َي ْد ُخ ُل ُ‬
‫المرا ِق ُب)‬ ‫ ‬

‫الحسين؟‬
‫ُ‬ ‫ب ‪ :‬أ َل ْم َي ِ‬
‫أت‬ ‫المرا ِق ُ ‬
‫ُ‬

‫لما َي ِ‬
‫أت‪.‬‬ ‫س ‪ :‬ن ََع ْم‪ّ .‬‬
‫الم َد ِّر ُ ‬
‫ُ‬

‫اليوم أ ْيض ًا‬

‫َ‬ ‫يم؟ َأ َت َأ َّخ َر‬ ‫ب ‪ :‬إذا جا َء َف ُق ْل َل ُه َي ْأ ِت ِني في َم ْك َتبِي‪ ،‬ف ِإ َّن َلـ ُه َب ْر ِق َّي ًة … أ ْي َن إ ْب ِ‬
‫راه ُ‬ ‫المرا ِق ُ ‬
‫ُ‬
‫ول‪ ،‬وَ ْل َي ْذ َه ْب إلى ُ‬
‫الم ِد ِير‪.‬‬ ‫الد ُخ ِ‬ ‫َك َع َ‬
‫اد ِت ِه؟ إذا جا َء َفال ت َْس َم ْح َلـ ُه ِب ُّ‬

‫‪27‬‬
 ‫إن شا َء ال َّلهُ‪.‬‬
‫س ‪ْ :‬‬
‫الم َد ِّر ُ ‬
‫ُ‬

‫المرا ِق ُب)‬
‫( َي ْخ ُر ُج ُ‬ ‫ ‬

‫شام‪ ،‬ا ْق َر ْأ اآل َي َة الوارِ َد َة ِفي َّ‬

‫الد ْر ِس‪.‬‬ ‫ يا ِه ُ‬

‫عاذ ِة) ﴿وَ ِإ َذا َس َأ َل َك ِع َب ِادي َع ِّني َف ِإ ِّني َق ِر ٌ‬

‫يب﴾‪.‬‬ ‫االس ِت َ‬
‫‪َ ( :‬ب ْع َد ْ‬ ‫شام‬
‫ِه ٌ ‬

‫الد ْر ِس يا أبا َب ْك ٍر‪.‬‬ ‫حاد َ‬

‫يث الوارِ َد َة ِفي َّ‬ ‫س ‪ :‬ا ْق َر ْأ ا َ‬
‫أل ِ‬ ‫الم َد ِّر ُ ‬
‫ُ‬

‫قال‪ِ « :‬إذا جا َء‬ ‫َ‬

‫رسول الله ‪َ Á‬‬ ‫الحديث األوّ ُل‪َ :‬ع ْن أبي هرير َة رضي الله عنه أن‬
‫ُ‬ ‫بكر ‪:‬‬
‫أ ُبو ٍ ‬
‫الج َّن ِة»‪( .‬متفق عليه)‪.‬‬
‫واب َ‬ ‫َر َم َض ُ‬
‫ان ُف ِت َح ْت َأ ْب ُ‬
‫ُ‬
‫رسول الله ‪: Á‬‬ ‫قال‬ ‫ُ‬
‫يقول‪َ :‬‬ ‫موسى ِمرار ًا‬
‫َ‬ ‫ُ‬
‫الحديث الث ِّاني‪ :‬قال أبو ُب ْر َدةَ‪َ :‬سمِ ْع ُت أبا‬ ‫ ‬
‫العبد أو سا َف َر ُك ِت َب َل ُه ِمث ُْل ما كان َي ْع َم ُل ُم ِقيم ًا َص ِحيح ًا»‪( .‬رواه‬
‫ُ‬ ‫«إذا َم ِر َ‬
‫ض‬
‫البخاري)‪.‬‬

‫قال‪:‬‬ ‫َ‬
‫رسول الله ‪َ Á‬‬ ‫أن‬ ‫ٍ‬
‫سعيد ُ‬
‫الخدرِ ِّي رضي الله عن ُه َّ‬ ‫الحديث الثّا ِل ُث‪َ :‬ع ْن أبِ ي‬
‫ُ‬ ‫ ‬
‫المؤ َِّذ ُن»‪( .‬متفق عليه)‪.‬‬ ‫ُ‬
‫يقول ُ‬ ‫«إذا َسمِ ْع ُت ُم ال ِّندا َء َف ُقو ُلوا ِمث َْل ما‬

‫طاس)‪.‬‬
‫الع ِ‬ ‫ ( ُي ْس َم ُع َص ْو ُ‬
‫ت ُ‬

‫س؟‬
‫العاط ُ‬
‫ِ‬ ‫س ‪َ :‬م ِن‬
‫الم َد ِّر ُ ‬
‫ُ‬

‫ِ‬
‫الهادي‪ :‬أنا‪.‬‬ ‫عبد‬
‫ُ‬

‫أح ُد ُك ْم َف ْل َي ُق ْل‪:‬‬
‫س َ‬ ‫اح َم ِد الل َه‪َ .‬‬
‫قال النب ُِّي ‪« :Á‬إذا َع َط َ‬ ‫الهادي‪ ،‬إذا َع َط ْس َت َف ْ‬
‫عبد ِ‬‫س ‪ :‬يا َ‬
‫الم َد ِّر ُ ‬
‫ُ‬
‫صاح ُبهُ‪َ :‬ي ْر َح ُم َك اللهُ‪ .‬فإذا َ‬
‫قال َلـهُ‪َ :‬ي ْر َح ُم َك الله‪،‬‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫الح ْم ُد لل ِه‪ .‬وَ ْل َي ُق ْل َلـ ُه ُ‬
‫أخو ُه أو‬ ‫َ‬
‫يك ُم الل ُه و ُي ْص ِل ُح َبا َل ُك ْم»‪( .‬رواه البخاري)‪.‬‬
‫َف ْل َي ُق ْل‪َ :‬ي ْه ِد ُ‬
‫‪28‬‬
‫‪Answer the following questions:‬‬ ‫األس ِئ َل ِة اآل ِت َي ِة‪ :‬‬
‫ب َع ِن ْ‬
‫أج ْ‬
‫ِ‬

‫المرا ِق ُب؟‬
‫أل ُ‬‫(‪َ )1‬ع َّم ْن َس َ‬ ‫ ‬

‫يم؟‬ ‫المرا ِق ُب ِل ْل ُم َد ِّر ِس ِبال ِّن ْس َب ِة إلى إ ْب ِ‬

‫راه َ‬ ‫(‪ )2‬ماذا َ‬
‫قال ُ‬ ‫ ‬

‫طاس؟‬
‫الع ِ‬
‫بعد ُ‬ ‫(‪َ )3‬م ِن ا َّل ِذي َع َط َ‬
‫س؟ َأ َحمِ َد الل َه َ‬ ‫ ‬

‫َض َّم َن َم ْع َنى الشَّ ْر ِط‪.‬‬ ‫(إذا) َظ ْر ٌ‬

‫فت َ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ ‬

‫المع َنى‬
‫ْ‬ ‫الماضي‪َ .‬ف ُت َح ِّو ُل ُه في‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ت َْد ُخ ُل غا ِل ًبا َع َلى ال ِف ْع ِل‬ ‫ ‬
‫الم ْس َت ْق َب ِل‪ ،‬نحوَ‪:‬‬
‫إلى ُ‬

‫أبواب الج ّن ِة‬

‫ُ‬ ‫ُف ِت َح ْت‬ ‫ ‬
‫رمضان‬
‫ُ‬ ‫إذا جا َء‬ ‫ ‬

‫َاب الشَّ ْر ِط‪.‬‬

‫َجو ُ‬ ‫الشَّ ْر ُط‬
‫ ‬ ‫ ‬

‫يكون‬
‫َ‬ ‫أن‬ ‫َ‬
‫وكذ ِلك يجوزُ ْ‬ ‫ضار ِع‪.‬‬ ‫و َق ْد ت َْد ُخ ُل َع َلى ُ‬
‫الم ِ‬ ‫ ‬

‫قول الشَّ ِ‬
‫اع ِر‪:‬‬ ‫جواب الشَّ ْر ِط ِف ْع ً‬
‫ال ُمضارِ ع ًا‪ ،‬كما في ِ‬ ‫ُ‬

‫وإذا ت َُر ُّد إلى َق ِل ٍ‬

‫يل ت َْق َن ُع‬ ‫اغ َب ٌة إذا َر َّغ ْب َتها ‬ ‫وال َّن ْف ُ‬
‫س َر ِ‬ ‫ ‬

‫الشرط ِبالفا ِء في َم ِ‬
‫واض َع‪ ،‬منها‪:‬‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫جواب‬
‫ِ‬ ‫َي ِج ُب اق ِت َر ُ‬
‫ان‬ ‫ ‬

‫الجواب جمل ًة اسم ّي ًة‪ ،‬نحوَ‪﴿ :‬وَ ِإ َذا َس َأ َل َك ِع َب ِادي َع ِّني َف ِإ ِّني َق ِر ٌ‬
‫يب﴾‪.‬‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫يكون‬
‫َ‬ ‫أن‬
‫(‪ْ )1‬‬

‫أنواع َّ‬
‫الط َل ِب‪ :‬ا َ‬
‫أل ْم ُر وال َّن ْه ُي)‪ ،‬نحوَ‪:‬‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫الجواب فع ً‬
‫ال َط َل ِب ًّيا (ومن‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫يكون‬
‫َ‬ ‫أن‬
‫(‪ْ )2‬‬

‫اس َأ ْل ُه عن َم ْو ِع ِد َّ‬
‫الس َف ِر‪.‬‬ ‫حامد ًا َف ْ‬
‫(أ) إذا َر َأ ْي َت ِ‬ ‫ ‬

‫نائما فال ت ُْو ِق ْظهُ‪.‬‬ ‫َ‬

‫المريض ً‬ ‫وج ْد َ‬
‫ت‬ ‫(ب) إذا َ‬ ‫ ‬
‫‪29‬‬
 ‫َت َمــارِ ُ‬
‫ين‬
‫‪Exercises‬‬

‫الجواب ُم ْق َت ِرن ًا ِب ِ‬
‫الفاء َفا ْذ ُك ْر‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫كان‬
‫الشرط ِفيما يأ ِتي‪ .‬وإذا َ‬
‫ِ‬ ‫وجواب‬
‫َ‬ ‫الش ْر َط‬
‫(‪َ )1‬ع ِّي ْن َّ‬
‫ب ذ ِلك‪.‬‬
‫َس َب َ‬

‫‪ in each of the following sentences. If the‬جواب الشرط ‪ and‬الشرط ‪Point out‬‬

‫‪, mention the reason:‬ف ‪ has‬جواب الشرط‬

‫وه ُك ْم وَ َأ ْي ِد َي ُك ْم‬ ‫اغ ِس ُلوا ُ‬

‫ُوج َ‬ ‫آم ُنوا ِإ َذا ُق ْم ُت ْم ِإ َلى َّ‬
‫الص َلا ِة َف ْ‬ ‫ين َ‬ ‫(‪ )1‬قال تعالى‪َ ﴿ :‬يا َأ ُّي َها ا َّل ِذ َ‬ ‫ ‬
‫وس ُك ْم وَ َأ ْر ُج َل ُك ْم ِإ َلى ا ْل َك ْع َب ْي ِن﴾ (المائدة ‪.)6‬‬
‫ام َس ُحوا ِب ُر ُء ِ‬ ‫ِإ َلى ا ْل َم َرا ِف ِق وَ ْ‬

‫ين﴾ = ( َيشْ ِف ْي ِني) (الشعراء‪)80‬‬

‫(‪ )2‬قال تعالى‪﴿ :‬وَ ِإ َذا َم ِر ْض ُت َف ُه َو َيشْ ِف ِ‬ ‫ ‬

‫اس َع ْوا ِإ َلٰى ِذ ْك ِر‬

‫لص َلا ِة ِمن َي ْو ِم ا ْل ُج ُم َع ِة َف ْ‬ ‫آم ُنوا ِإ َذا ن ِ‬
‫ُود َي ِل َّ‬ ‫(‪ )3‬قال تعالى‪َ ﴿:‬يا َأ ُّي َها ا َّل ِذ َ‬
‫ين َ‬ ‫ ‬
‫ال َّلـ ِه وَ َذ ُروا* ا ْل َب ْي َع﴾ (الجمعة ‪.)9‬‬

‫‪30‬‬
 ‫س»‪.‬‬ ‫المسجد َف ْل َي ْر َك ْع َر ْك َع َت ْي ِن َ‬
‫قبل أن يج ِل َ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫(‪« )4‬إذا َد َخ َل َ‬
‫أح ُد ُك ْم‬ ‫ ‬

‫اع ًة وَ َلا‬ ‫(‪ )5‬قـال تعالى‪َ ﴿ :‬ف ِإ َذا َجا َء َأ َج ُل ُه ْم َلا َي ْس َت ْأ ِخ ُر َ‬

‫ون َس َ‬ ‫ ‬
‫َي ْس َت ْق ِد ُم َ‬
‫ون﴾‪( .‬النحل‪.)61‬‬

‫الكلب في ِإنا ِء َأ َح ِد ُك ْم َف ْل َيغْ ِس ْل ُه َس ْبع ًا»‪.‬‬

‫ُ‬ ‫(‪« )6‬إذا َش ِر َ‬
‫ب‬ ‫ ‬

‫ض فال ت َْد ُخ ُلوها‪ ،‬وإذا‬

‫ون في َأ ْر ٍ‬
‫اع ِ‬ ‫(‪« )7‬إذا َسمِ ْع ُت ْم ِب َّ‬
‫الط ُ‬ ‫ ‬
‫بأرض وأ ْن ُت ْم ِبها فال ت َْخ ُر ُجوا منها»‪.‬‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫وَ َق َع‬

‫أح ُد ُك ْم في ّ‬
‫الصال ِة َف ْل َي َن ْم حتى َي ْع َل َم ما َي ْق َر ُأ»‪.‬‬ ‫س َ‬‫(‪« )8‬إذا ن ََع َ‬ ‫ ‬

‫الم ْك ُتو َب ُة»‪.‬‬ ‫(‪« )9‬إذا ُأ ِق ْي َم ِت ّ‬

‫الصال ُة فال َصال َة إال َ‬ ‫ ‬

‫(‪ )10‬قال الشاعر‪:‬‬ ‫ ‬

‫وَ َج ِاوزْ ُه إلى ما ت َْس َت ِط ُ‬

‫يع‬ ‫إذا َل ْم ت َْس َت ِط ْع شيئ ًا َف َد ْعُ ه‬ ‫ ‬

‫ب‪.‬‬ ‫(‪ )11‬قال َش ْو ِق ٌّي في َم ْد ِح ال َّنب ِِّي ‪ : Á‬و ِإذا َر ِح ْم َت َف َأن َ‬

‫ْت ُأ ٌّم َأوْ َأ ٌ‬ ‫ ‬

‫يكون جوا ُبها َخا ِلي ًا من الفاء‪.‬‬

‫َ‬ ‫جملتين َع َلى ْ‬
‫أن‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫(‪ )2‬أد ِْخ ْل (إذا) في‬

‫‪ in the Jawâb.‬ف ‪ in two sentences of your own without using‬إذا ‪Use‬‬

‫الجواب‪:‬‬
‫ُ‬ ‫يكون‬
‫َ‬ ‫جمل َع َلى ْ‬
‫أن‬ ‫ٍ‬ ‫(‪ )3‬أد ِْخ ْل (إذا) في ِ‬
‫أربع‬

‫‪ should be:‬جواب الشرط ‪ in four sentences of your own. The‬إذا ‪Use‬‬

‫* وَ ِذ َر الشيء‪َ ،‬ي َذ ُره أي َ‬

‫تركه‪ .‬واألمر‪َ :‬ذ ْر‪ .‬وكذلك‪ :‬وَ َ‬
‫دع الشيء َي َدعُ ه‪ :‬تركه‪.‬‬
‫ماض ِيهما‪.‬‬
‫واألمر‪ :‬دع‪ .‬ال يستعمل ِ‬

‫‪31‬‬
 ‫(أ) في األولى جمل ًة اسم ّي ًة‬

(a) a nominal sentence in the first,

.‫أمر‬ َ ‫(ب) وفي الثاني ِة‬

ٍ ‫فعل‬

(b) an amr in the second,

َ ‫(الم ا‬
.)‫أل ْم ِر‬ ِ ً ‫(ج) وفي الثالث ِة فع‬
‫ال مضارع ًا ُم ْق َت ِرن ًا بـ‬

(c) a verb with ‫ الم األمر‬in the third,

.)‫الناه َية‬
ِ ً ‫(د) وفي الرابع ِة فع‬
‫ال مضارع ًا مقترن ًا بـ (ال‬

(d) and a nahy in the fourth.

Points to Remember

In this lesson we learn the following:

1
‫ إذا‬: It is a zarf with a conditional meaning. It is mostly used with a verb in the past
tense, but the meaning is future, e.g.,

‫الكتاب‬
ِ ‫اس َأ ْل ُه عن‬
ْ ‫‘ إذا رأ ْي َت خالد ًا َف‬If1 you see Khalid ask him about the book.’

‫الج َّن ِة‬ ُ ‫ضان ُف ِت َح ْت أ ْب‬

َ ‫واب‬ ُ ‫‘ إذا جا َء َر َم‬When Ramadân comes the gates of Paradise are
opened.’

The Arabic word for ‘condition’ is shart (‫)الشَّ ْر ُط‬. There are two parts in the shart-
construction: the first part is called shart and the second jawâb al-shart (‫الشر ِط‬
ْ ‫واب‬
ُ ‫)ج‬َ

1
The word ‫ إذا‬can be translated with ‘if’ or ‘when.’

32
e.g., ‫ضان‬
ُ ‫ إذا جا َء َر َم‬is shart and ‫الج َّن ِة‬
َ ‫أبواب‬
ُ ‫ ُف ِت َح ْت‬is jawâb al-shart.

We have seen earlier that the verb that comes after ‫ إذا‬is mostly mâdî. Sometimes mudâri‘

is also used. The verb in the jawâb al-shart may also be mudâri‘ as we see in the following

line:

ٍ ‫وإذا ت َُر ُّد إلى َق ِل‬

‫يل ت َْق َن ُـع‬ ‫راغ َب ٌة إذا َر َّغ ْب َتها‬
ِ ‫س‬ ْ
ُ ‫والنف‬

‘The soul is desirous (of more) if you allow it to desire,

but if you turn it towards a little, then it is content.’

َ in the following
The jawâb al-shart should take a ‫ف‬

cases:

ُ ‫ت َفـال َّن‬
1) if it is a nominal sentence, e.g., ‫جاح‬ َ ‫اج َت َه ْد‬
ْ ‫إذا‬
ٌ ‫‘ َم ْض ُم‬If you work hard success is certain.’
‫ون‬

ِ ‫‘ وَإذا َس َأ َل َك ِع‬And if My servants

ٌ ‫بادي َع ِ ّني فـ ِإ ِ ّني َق ِر‬
‫يب‬
ask you about Me, then surely I am close by’

(Qur’an, 2:186).

2) if the verb in the jawâb al-shart is talabî. A talabi

verb is one containing amr, nahy or istifhâm,1 e.g.

َّ ‫اس َأ ْل ُه َع ْن َم ْو ِع ِد‬
a) ‫الس َف ِر‬ ْ ‫‘ إذا رأ ْي َت حامد ًا َف‬If you see Hamid ask him about the time of
departure.’ (amr).

‫س‬ ْ ‫المسج َد َف ْل َي ْر َك ْع َر ْك َع َت ْي ِن َق ْب َل‬

َ ‫أن َي ْج ِل‬ ِ ‫‘ إذا َد َخ َل َأ َح ُد ُك ُم‬If one of you enters the mosque let
him perform two rak‘ahs before he sits down.’ (amr).

Istifhâm (‫هام‬
2
ُ ‫تف‬ ِ ‫ )ا‬is a question, e.g., ‫َأ َف ِه ْم َت؟‬
ْ ‫ال ْس‬

33
 َ ‫الم ِر‬
b) ‫يض نا ِئم ًا َفال تُو ِق ْظ ُه‬ َ ‫ت‬ َ ‫وَج ْد‬
َ ‫‘ إذا‬If you find the patient
sleeping don’t wake him up.’ (nahy).

ُ ‫ال َفماذا‬
c) ‫أقول َلهُ؟‬ ً ‫‘ إذا رأ ْي ُت ِبال‬If I see Bilal what should I tell
him?’ (istifhâm).

We have already learnt the nasab, e.g.,

ِ ‫ ُس‬from ‫ودان‬
‫ودان ٌّي‬ ُ ‫الس‬.
ُّ Now we learn that
if a word ends in tâ’ marbûtah (‫)ة‬

it is omitted prior to the addition of

the yâ‘ of nasab, e.g., ‫ َم َّكـ ُة‬:‫( َم ِ ّك ٌّي‬not: ‫ َم ْد َر َس ٌة –) َم َّك ِت ٌّي‬:‫م ْد َر ِس ٌّي‬.
َ

34
 Lesson

‫س الر َِّاب ُع‬

ُ ‫الـ َّد ْر‬
4
‫ َف ِإ َّن الال ِئ َح َة‬.‫بعد هذا ت ُْف َص ْل‬
َ ‫ ِإ ْن ت َِغ ْب‬.‫وع ْي ِن كا ِم َل ْي ِن‬ َ ‫ إن‬،‫ياس ُر‬
َ ‫َّك ِغ ْب َت أس ُب‬ ِ ‫ يا‬: ‫س‬
ُ ‫الم َد ِّر‬
ُ
.‫وع ْي ِن ُي ْط َو َق ْي ُد ُه‬ ْ ‫ص َع َلى أ َّن ُه َم ْن َي ِغ ْب‬
َ ‫أكث ََر ِم ْن أس ُب‬ ُّ ‫َت ُن‬

.ُ‫إن شا َء ال َّله‬
ْ ‫بعد هذا‬
َ ‫يب‬َ ‫ َل ْن َأ ِغ‬: ‫ياس ٌ ر‬

َ ‫ َك ْم َم َّر ٍة‬: ‫س‬

!‫قلت ِلي َهكذا‬ ُ ‫الم َد ِّر‬
ُ

.‫أغيب إال ِب ُع ْذ ٍر‬

ُ ُ ‫ ما‬:
‫كنت‬ ‫ياس ر‬

.‫اآلن‬
َ ‫بعد‬ ُ ‫ َم ْه َما َي ُك ِن‬: ‫س‬
َ ‫الع ْذ ُر َف َل ْن ُي ْق َب َل‬ ُ ‫الم َد ِّر‬
ُ

)‫النعمان‬
ُ ‫ ( َي ْد ُخ ُل‬

.‫ َم ْن جا َء ُم َت َأ ِّخر ًا فال َي ْد ُخ ْل َح َّتى َي ْس َت ْأ ِذ َن‬

.‫فد َخ ْل ُت ح ّتى ال َأ ْشغَ َل َك‬

َ ،‫ال‬ ٌ ‫آس‬
ً ‫ رأ ْي ُت َك مشغو‬.‫ف‬ ِ ‫ أنا‬: ‫النعمان‬
ُ

ُ ‫ ( َي ْد ُخ ُل‬
)‫المرا ِق ُب‬

ٍ ‫ هذ ِه خمس ُة ُك َت ِّي‬.‫ َه ُاؤ ْم ِإ ْعالن ًا ُم ِه ًّما‬: ‫ب‬

‫بات‬ ُ ‫المرا ِق‬
ُ
‫فم ْن َي ْق َر ْأها‬ ْ ‫ُمفيد ٍة ت َْح ِوي ِق َصص ًا‬
َ .‫إسال ِم َّي ًة‬

should
join han
ds with
those

me;
who brea
kaway About

am
the
het
Prop mad
ِ ‫األس ِئ َل ِة الوارِ َد ِة في‬
‫آخ ِرها‬ ْ ‫و ُي ِج ْب َع ِن‬
Muh
me; deprive
e who ng me;

ِ ‫أراد أن َيشْ َت ِر َك ِفي‬

ve to thos e who wro itation;

َ .ٌ‫َف َل ُه َجا ِئ َزة‬

thos be med
orgive should

‫هذ ِه‬ َ ‫فم ْن‬

;
silence e of God
that my remembranc tion. n
d
my wor keen observa reflectio
n were a drously
my visio ds; they won
glib worPoignant and nate from
no just ema of
e were t’s very life. re could not the status
g,
e Propheds of this natuselves indicate inner bein
his
ctive wor ; they them ouring of al form.
ty soul an outp in verb
emp are
they revealed remote
speaker; ble spirit some
cha ion of t’s own
unquen descript the Prophe h tha t
not a of
ds are ection t of fait e an
hese wor y are a refl the ligh ments” wer not
the h from “mo has
being; alit y, a flas heart. These One who in
them
per son ed his own Prophet’s life. describe words
er e
illuminatpart of the can nev which thes ribe;
states desc
integral nced these from
The soul e that theyection was
experie y manner. in the stat
itual perf

ْ ‫المسا َب َق ِة َف ْل ُي َس ِّج ْل‬

loft lf
such a d was itse state of spir

.‫اس َم ُه ِع ْن ِدي‬
emanate words that Khan
through icated to othe
rs. uddin
a Wahid
Maulan

ُ
commun
ks
rd Boo t Market
Goodwo muddin 013
Wes
e and 1, Niza i-110 083,
for Peac New Delh1-4182-7 72
Center lity USA Tel. +911 85888226 s.com
Spiritua rry Road0 Mob. +91- book
2665 Bybe, PA 1902 goodword nnai
info@ ks, Che ,
Bensalem ) 960-7156 rd Boo High Road
Cell: (617 la.org Goodwo Triplicane 600005
cps@alrisa e and 82/324, , Chennai
599,
for Peac Triplicane4-4352-4 58
ter Center lity et +914 96001055

6
Mark Tel.
Spiritua West
ese muddin 013 Mob. +91-
1, Niza i-110 rg
New Delh org global.osion.org
cpsglobal. www.cps
info@ uranmis .co.in
www.alq itofislam
ooks.co
m
www.spir
dwordb
www.goo

35
 ‫األح ِ‬
‫يان‪.‬‬ ‫شيخ‪ ،‬ال ن َِج ُد َك ِفي َم ْك َت ِب َك ِفي ٍ‬
‫كثير ِم َن ْ‬ ‫إبراهيم ‪ :‬يا ُ‬
‫ُ ‬

‫الم ِد ِير … يا فضيل َة الشيخ‪،‬‬

‫مكتب ُ‬
‫ِ‬ ‫وني في َم ْك َتبِي َف َس َت ِج ُدو َن ِني في‬
‫إن َل ْم ت َِج ُد ِ‬
‫ب ‪ْ :‬‬
‫المرا ِق ُ ‬
‫ُ‬
‫إليك َأ َف َت ْس َم ُح َلـ ُه ِب ُّ‬
‫الد ُخ ِ‬
‫ول؟‬ ‫عبد الله ِفي َم ْك َتبِي‪ِ .‬إ ْن ْ‬
‫اع َت َذ َر َ‬ ‫إن َ‬

‫س ‪ :‬ن ََع ْم‪.‬‬

‫الم َد ِّر ُ ‬
‫ُ‬

‫المرا ِق ُب)‬
‫ ( َي ْخ ُر ُج ُ‬

‫أحمد‪ ،‬ا ْق َر ْأ اآل َي َة الوارِ َد َة ِفي َّ‬

‫الد ْر ِس‪.‬‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫ يا‬

‫نص ْر ُك ْم وَ ُي َث ِّب ْت‬

‫َنص ُروا ال َّلـ َه َي ُ‬
‫آم ُنوا ِإن ت ُ‬ ‫عاذ ِة وال َب ْس َم َل ِة) ﴿ َيا َأ ُّي َها ا َّل ِذ َ‬
‫ين َ‬ ‫ال ْس ِت َ‬
‫(بعد ا ِ‬
‫َ‬ ‫‪:‬‬ ‫أحمد‬
‫ُ ‬
‫ام ُك ْم﴾ (محمد ‪)7‬‬
‫َأ ْق َد َ‬
‫إبراهيم ‪ :‬لماذا ُج ِز َم ْت األ ْف ُ‬
‫عال الوارِ َد ُة ِفي َه ِذ ِه اآل َي ِة يا فضيل َة الشيخ؟‬ ‫ُ ‬

‫وق‬ ‫س ‪ِ ( :‬إ ْن) َأ َدا ُة َش ْر ٍط ت َْج ِز ُم ِف ْع َل ْي ِن‪ ،‬نحوَ‪ِ :‬إ ْن ت َْج َت ِه ْد َت ْن َج ْح‪ِ .‬إ ْن ت َْذ َه ْب إلى ُّ‬
‫الس ِ‬ ‫الم َد ِّر ُ ‬
‫ُ‬
‫َأ ْذ َه ْب َم َع َك‪.‬‬

‫جواب الشَّ ْر ِط‪.‬‬

‫َ‬ ‫واآلخ ُر‬
‫َ‬ ‫َ‬
‫فعل الشَّ ْر ِط‪،‬‬ ‫ألوَّ ُل‬
‫ ُي َس َّمى ا َ‬

‫فعل الشَّ ْر ِط ( َت ْن ُص ُروا)‪ ،‬وجوا ُب ُه‬‫يم ِة ُ‬ ‫وفي اآل َي ِة َ‬

‫الك ِر َ‬ ‫ِ‬

‫وف على ( َي ْن ُص ْر)‪.‬‬ ‫( َي ْن ُص ْر)‪ ،‬وال ِف ْع ُل ( ُي َث ِّب ْت) َم ْع ُط ٌ‬

‫أن ت َْذ ُك َر آ َي ًة‬ ‫أن ت َُكونُوا َق ْد َف ِه ْم ُت ْم … أت َْس َت ِط ُ‬

‫يع ْ‬ ‫ْأر ُجو ْ‬
‫ياس ُر؟‬
‫أخ َرى ت َْح ِوي ( ِإ ْن) يا ِ‬
‫ْ‬

‫قال تعالى‪﴿ :‬وَ ِإن تَن َت ُهوا َف ُه َو َخ ْي ٌر َّل ُك ْم﴾ (األنفال ‪)19‬‬
‫ون الله‪َ .‬‬
‫‪ :‬ن ََع ْم ِب َع ِ‬ ‫ياس ٌ ر‬
‫ِ‬

‫نعمان؟‬
‫ُ‬ ‫أن ت َْذ ُك َر آ َي ًة ْ‬
‫أخ َرى يا‬ ‫أح َس ْن َت‪ .‬أ ُي ْم ِك ُن َك ْ‬
‫س ‪ْ :‬‬
‫الم َد ِّر ُ ‬
‫ُ‬
‫‪36‬‬
 ‫ين﴾(هود ‪.)41‬‬
‫اس ِر َ‬ ‫النعمان ‪ :‬ن ََع ْم ِب َع ْو ِن ال َّل ِه‪َ .‬‬
‫قال تعالى‪﴿ :‬وَ ِإ َّلا تَغْ ِف ْر ِلي وَ ت َْر َح ْم ِني َأ ُكن ِّم َن ا ْل َخ ِ‬ ‫ُ ‬

‫ال) ُهنا َأ ْص ُلها ( ِإ ْن وال) النا ِف َي ُة‪.‬‬

‫س ‪ :‬ما شا َء ال َّلهُ! ( ِإ ّ‬
‫الم َد ِّر ُ ‬
‫ُ‬

‫ُ‬
‫أستاذ؟‬ ‫أخ َرى ت َْج ِز ُم ِف ْع َل ْي ِن يا‬ ‫‪َ :‬أ َث َّم َة َأ َد ٌ‬
‫وات ْ‬ ‫أحمد‬
‫ُ ‬

‫ماء ت َْج ِز ُم ِف ْع َل ْي ِن‪َ ،‬أ َه ُّمها‪َ :‬م ْن‪ ،‬نحوَ‪َ ﴿ :‬ف َمن‬
‫أس ٍ‬ ‫وه َ‬
‫ناك َعشَ َر ُة ْ‬ ‫س ‪ :‬ن ََع ْم‪ِ ( .‬إ ْن) َح ْر ٌ‬
‫ف‪ُ .‬‬ ‫الم َد ِّر ُ ‬
‫ُ‬
‫َي ْع َم ْل ِمث َْق َ‬
‫ال َذ َّر ٍة َخ ْي ًرا َي َر ُه﴾ (الزلزلة ‪)7‬‬

‫ َما‪ ،‬نحوَ‪﴿ :‬وَ َما ت َْف َع ُلوا ِم ْن َخ ْي ٍر َي ْع َل ْم ُه ال َّلـ ُه﴾ (البقرة ‪)197‬‬

‫ َم َتى‪ ،‬نحوَ‪َ :‬م َتى ت َُسا ِف ْر ُأ َسا ِف ْر‪.‬‬

‫ُ‬
‫تلحقها (ما) الزَّا ِئ َد ُة ِلل َّت ْو ِك ْي ِد‪ ،‬نحوَ‪:‬‬ ‫ أ ْي َن‪ ،‬نحوَ‪َ :‬أ ْي َن ت َْس ُك ْن َأ ْس ُك ْن‪ .‬وكثير ًا ما‬
‫َ‬
‫﴿ َأ ْي َن َما ت َُكونُوا ُي ْدرِ ُّ‬
‫كك ُم ا ْل َم ْو ُ‬
‫ت﴾ (النساء ‪)78‬‬

‫ أ ّي‪ ،‬نحوَ‪َ :‬أ َّي ُم ْع َج ٍم ن َِج ْد في المكتب ِة نَشْ َت ِر ِه‪.‬‬

‫َ‬

‫ َم ْه َما‪ ،‬نحوَ‪َ :‬م ْهما ت َُق ْل ن َ‬

‫ُص ِّد ْق‪.‬‬

‫الدرس َف َق ْد َف ِه َم ُدروس ًا كثير ًة‪ .‬لي ٌ‬

‫درس‬ ‫َ‬ ‫الدرس ج ِّي ًدا‪َ .‬ف َم ْن َف ِه َم هذا‬
‫َ‬ ‫ ا ْف َه ُموا َ‬
‫هذا‬

‫وم ْن َل ْم َي ْح ُض ْر َف َل ْي َ‬
‫س ِب َم ُل ٍ‬
‫وم‪.‬‬ ‫أراد َأ ْن َي ْس َت ِف ْي َد َف ْل َي ْح ُض ْر َ‬
‫فم ْن َ‬ ‫ِإ َض ِاف ٌّي هذا َ‬
‫الم َسا َء‪َ .‬‬

‫‪ُ :‬ك ُّلنا َس َي ْح ُض ُر ْ‬

‫إن شا َء ال َّله‪.‬‬ ‫أحمد‬
‫ُ ‬

‫س ‪َ :‬م َتى َت ْأت َ‬

‫ُون؟‬ ‫الم َد ِّر ُ ‬
‫ُ‬

‫‪َ :‬م َتى َت ْأ ِت َن ْأ ِت‪.‬‬ ‫أحمد‬

‫ُ ‬

‫س ‪َ :‬س ِآتي الساع َة الرابع َة ْ‬

‫إن شا َء ال َّلهُ‪.‬‬ ‫الم َد ِّر ُ ‬
‫ُ‬

‫‪37‬‬
 ‫‪ :‬في َأ ِّي َف ْص ٍل ن َْج ِل ُ‬
‫س؟‬ ‫أحمد‬
‫ُ ‬

‫فصل ن َِج ْد َخا ِلي ًا ن َْج ِل ْ‬

‫س فيه‪.‬‬ ‫ٍ‬ ‫س ‪َ :‬أ َّي‬
‫الم َد ِّر ُ ‬
‫ُ‬

‫‪Answer the following questions:‬‬ ‫األس ِئ َل ِة اآل ِت َي ِة‪ :‬‬

‫ب َع ِن ْ‬
‫أج ْ‬
‫ِ‬

‫وع ْي ِن؟‬
‫أس ُب َ‬
‫غاب ْ‬
‫َ‬ ‫ (‪َ )1‬م ِن ا َّل ِذي‬
‫تأخر ًا؟ ماذا َ‬
‫قال َل ُه‬ ‫(‪َ )2‬م ِن ا َّل ِذي جا َء ُم ِّ‬
‫س؟‬
‫الم َد ِّر ُ‬
‫ُ‬

‫لد ْر ِس‬
‫س ِل َّ‬ ‫(‪ )3‬في َأ ِّي ساع ٍة َي ِأتي ُ‬
‫الم َد ِّر ُ‬
‫إل َض ِاف ِّي؟‬
‫ا ِ‬

‫والجواب‪:‬‬
‫ُ‬ ‫ُ‬
‫الشرط‬ ‫*يكون‬
‫ُ‬

‫ودوا ن َُع ْد‪.‬‬ ‫(‪ِ )1‬إ َّما ُم َض َ‬

‫ارع ْي ِن‪ ،‬نحوَ‪ :‬و ِإ ْن ت َُع ُ‬

‫ماض َي ْي ِن‪ ،‬نحوَ‪﴿ :‬وَ ِإ ْن ُعدت ُّْم ُع ْدنَا﴾ (االسراء ‪)8‬‬

‫(‪ )2‬و ِإ ّما ِ‬

‫آخ َر ِة ن َِز ْد َل ُه ِفي َح ْر ِث ِه﴾‬ ‫يد َح ْر َ‬

‫ث ا ْل ِ‬ ‫(‪ )3‬وإما ماضي ًا َف ُم َضارِ ع ًا‪ ،‬نحو‪َ ﴿ :‬من َك َ‬
‫ان ُي ِر ُ‬
‫(الشورى ‪)20‬‬

‫واح ِت َساب ًا ُغ ِف َر‬

‫الق ْدرِ إيمان ًا ْ‬ ‫ماضي ًا‪ ،‬نح َو قو ُل ُه ‪َ :Á‬‬
‫«م ْن َي ُق ْم ليل َة َ‬ ‫(‪ )4‬وإما ُمضارِ ع ًا َف ِ‬
‫َلـهُ»‪ .‬وهذا ٌ‬
‫قليل‪.‬‬

‫‪38‬‬
 ‫َت َمــارِ ُ‬
‫ين‬
‫‪Exercises‬‬

‫َ‬
‫وفعل ا ُأل ْخرَى‬ ‫اج َع ْل ِف ْع َل األولى شرط ًا‪،‬‬ ‫(‪ )1‬في ِّ‬
‫كل ِف ْق َر ٍة ِم ّما يأ ِتي ُج ْم ِ‬
‫لتان‪ْ .‬‬

‫مستعم ًال ْ‬
‫(إن)‪:‬‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫َجوا َب ُه‬

‫ ‬ ‫‪Each of the following examples contains two sentences. Combine them‬‬

‫إن ‪using‬‬
‫‪ْ and make the necessary changes:‬‬

‫َض ِر ُب ِني ‪َ /‬أ ْض ِر ُب َك‪………………………………………………… .‬‬

‫(‪ )1‬ت ْ‬

‫ُ‬
‫ندخل الج َّنة‪……………………………………… .‬‬ ‫ُ‬
‫نعمل صالح ًا ‪/‬‬ ‫(‪)2‬‬

‫ض‪……………………………………… .‬‬ ‫ُ‬

‫تأكل طعام ًا فاسد ًا ‪ /‬ت َْم َر ُ‬ ‫(‪)3‬‬

‫تجتهد ‪ /‬ت َْر ُس ُب‪……………………..........………………… .‬‬

‫ُ‬ ‫(‪ )4‬ال‬

‫رين ‪ُ /‬أ َسا ِف ُر‪……………………..........…………..……… .‬‬

‫(‪ )5‬تُسا ِف َ‬

‫ام َم َب ِّكر ًا ‪ /‬ت َْس َت ْي ِق ُظ ُم َب ِّكر ًا‪…………………….......…..……… .‬‬

‫(‪َ )6‬ت َن ُ‬

‫أكتب إليكم‪…………………….......…..……… . .‬‬

‫ُ‬ ‫إلي ‪/‬‬ ‫(‪ )7‬ت َْك ُت ُب َ‬
‫ون َّ‬

‫الدروس‪…………………….......….…… . .‬‬
‫ُ‬ ‫يب كثير ًا ‪ /‬ت َُفوت َ‬
‫ُك‬ ‫(‪ )8‬ت َِغ ُ‬

‫يع سيارتَك ‪َ /‬أ ْش َت ِر َ‬

‫يها‪……………………...........…..……… . .‬‬ ‫(‪ )9‬ت َِب ُ‬
‫(‪ )10‬ت َْب َق َي ِان في َّ‬
‫مك َة ‪َ /‬أ ْب َقى معكما‪……………………..…..……… . .‬‬

‫أكتب ‪َ /‬أن َْسى‪………………..............……..…..……… . .‬‬

‫ُ‬ ‫(‪ )11‬ال‬
‫‪39‬‬
 ‫وم َغد ًا ‪َ /‬أ ُص ُ‬
‫وم‪………………...........……..…..……… . .‬‬ ‫َص ُ‬
‫(‪ )12‬ت ُ‬

‫الح َّق ‪َ /‬ت ْن ُجو‪………………...........……..…..……… . .‬‬ ‫ُ‬

‫تقول َ‬ ‫(‪)13‬‬

‫تزورني ‪َ /‬أز ُ‬
‫َورك‪……………...…...........……..…..……… . .‬‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫(‪)14‬‬

‫َ‬
‫وفعل ا ُأل ْخرَى جوا َب ُه‬ ‫َ‬
‫فعل األو َلى شرط ًا‪،‬‬ ‫اج َع ْل‬
‫جملتان‪ْ .‬‬
‫ِ‬ ‫(‪ )2‬في ُك ِّل ِف ْق َر ٍة ِم ّما يأ ِتي‬
‫ين‪:‬‬
‫القوس ِ‬
‫َ‬ ‫الشرط المذكور ِة بين‬
‫ِ‬ ‫مستعم ًال أدا َة‬
‫ِ‬
‫‪Each of the following examples contains two sentences. Combine them‬‬
‫‪ given in brackets, and make the necessary changes:‬أداة الشرط ‪using‬‬

‫(من)‬
‫َ‬ ‫ ‬ ‫أكثر من أسبوعين ‪ُ /‬ي ْف َص ُل‪.‬‬
‫َ‬ ‫يغيب‬
‫ُ‬ ‫(‪)1‬‬

‫(ما)‬
‫َ‬ ‫ ‬ ‫آك ُل‪.‬‬ ‫ُ‬
‫تأكل ‪ُ /‬‬ ‫(‪)2‬‬

‫( َأ ْي َنما)‬ ‫ ‬ ‫زور كم إن شاء ال َّلهُ‪.‬‬

‫تكونون ‪َ /‬أ ُ‬
‫َ‬ ‫(‪)3‬‬

‫(م ْن)‬
‫َ‬ ‫ ‬ ‫رح ُم‪.‬‬
‫رح ُم ‪ /‬ال ُي َ‬
‫(‪ )4‬ال َي َ‬

‫(م َتى)‬
‫َ‬ ‫ ‬ ‫تعود ‪َ /‬أ ُ‬
‫عود‪.‬‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫(‪)5‬‬

‫( َأ ْي َن)‬ ‫ ‬ ‫أجلس‪.‬‬
‫ُ‬ ‫تجلس ‪/‬‬
‫ُ‬ ‫(‪)6‬‬

‫(م ْه َما)‬
‫َ‬ ‫ ‬ ‫(‪ )7‬تقر ُأ ‪ /‬أقر ُأ‪.‬‬

‫(م ْن)‬
‫َ‬ ‫ ‬ ‫يتوب عليه اللهُ‪.‬‬
‫ُ‬ ‫يتوب إلى ال َّل ِه ‪/‬‬
‫ُ‬ ‫(‪)8‬‬

‫(م ْن)‬
‫َ‬ ‫ ‬ ‫ُ‬
‫يدخل النا َر‪.‬‬ ‫(‪ُ )9‬يشْ ِر ُك ‪/‬‬

‫(م ْن)‬
‫َ‬ ‫ينجح ِب َت ْق ِدير ُم ْم َت ٍاز ‪َ /‬ي ْح ُص ُل على َجا ِئ َز ٍة‪.‬‬
‫ ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫(‪)10‬‬

‫‪40‬‬
 ‫الشرط َي ْق َت ِر ُن بالفا ِء في َم ِ‬
‫واض َع منها‪:‬‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫جواب‬
‫َ‬ ‫الس ِاب ِق َّ‬
‫أن‬ ‫*ع َر ْف َت في َّ‬
‫الد ْر ِس ّ‬ ‫َ‬

‫يكون جمل ًة اسم ّي ًة‪.‬‬

‫َ‬ ‫(‪ )1‬أن‬

‫واالستفهام‪.‬‬
‫ُ‬ ‫الطلب‪ :‬األم ُر وال َّن ْه ُي‬
‫ِ‬ ‫أنواع‬
‫ِ‬ ‫يكون فع ً‬
‫ال َط َل ِب ًّيا‪ .‬ومن‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ (‪ )2‬أن‬

‫الم ِ‬
‫واض ِع‪:‬‬ ‫ن َْذ ُك ُر َ‬
‫اآلن َب ِق َّي َة َ‬

‫امد ًا‪ ،‬نحوَ‪َ :‬‬

‫«م ْن َغشَّ َنا َف َل ْي َ‬
‫س ِم َّنا»‪.‬‬ ‫يكون فع ً‬
‫ال َج ِ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫أن‬
‫ (‪ْ )3‬‬

‫أن َي ْق َت ِر َن ِبـ ( َق ْد)‪ ،‬نحوَ‪﴿ :‬وَ َمن ُي ِط ِع ال َّلـ َه وَ َر ُسو َل ُه َف َق ْد َفا َز َف ْوزًا َع ِظ ً‬
‫يما﴾‬ ‫ (‪ْ )4‬‬
‫(االحزاب ‪.)71‬‬

‫ب‪.‬‬ ‫(ما) النا ِف َي ِة‪ ،‬نحوَ‪َ :‬م ْه َما ت َُك ْن ُّ‬

‫الظ ُ‬
‫روف َف َما َأ ْك ِذ ُ‬ ‫أن َي ْق َت ِر َن ِبـ َ‬
‫ (‪ْ )5‬‬

‫الدنْيا‬
‫ير في ُّ‬
‫الح ِر َ‬
‫س َ‬ ‫«م ْن َل ِب َ‬
‫أن َي ْق َت ِر َن ِبـ ( َل ْن)‪ ،‬نحوَ‪َ :‬‬
‫(‪ْ )6‬‬
‫اآلخ َرة»‪.‬‬
‫ِ‬ ‫َف َل ْن َي ْل َب َس ُه في‬

‫تسافر َف َس ُأسا ِف ُر‪.‬‬

‫ْ‬ ‫ين‪ ،‬نحوَ‪ :‬إن‬ ‫أن َي ْق َت ِر َن ِب ِّ‬
‫الس ِ‬ ‫(‪ْ )7‬‬
‫(س ْو َ‬
‫ف)‪ ،‬نحوَ‪﴿ :‬وَ ِإ ْن ِخ ْف ُت ْم َع ْي َل ًة‬ ‫أن َي ْق َت ِر َن ِبـ َ‬
‫(‪ْ )8‬‬
‫ف ُيغْ ِن ُ‬
‫يك ُم ال َّلـ ُه ِمن َف ْض ِل ِه ِإن َشا َء﴾ (التوبة ‪)28‬‬ ‫َف َس ْو َ‬

‫(ك َأنَّما)‪ ،‬نحوَ‪َ ﴿ :‬أ َّن ُه َمن َق َت َل ن َْف ًسا ِبغَ ْي ِر ن َْف ٍ‬
‫س َأوْ‬ ‫(‪ )9‬أن ُي َص َّد َر بـ َ‬

‫يعا﴾ (المائدة ‪)32‬‬ ‫ض َف َك َأن ََّما َق َت َل ال َّن َ‬

‫اس َجمِ ً‬ ‫َف َس ٍاد ِفي ا ْل َأ ْر ِ‬

‫راب ِحي َن ِئ ٍذ‬

‫إل ْع ُ‬
‫ويكون ا ِ‬
‫ُ‬ ‫الشرط إذا ا ْق َت َر َن ِبالفا ِء‪،‬‬
‫ِ‬ ‫جواب‬
‫ُ‬ ‫ال ُيجز َُم‬
‫قال إنها في َم َح ِّل َجز ٍْم‪.‬‬
‫ِل ْل ُج ْمل ِة‪ ،‬ف ُي ُ‬

‫‪41‬‬
 ‫َت َمــارِ ُ‬
‫ين‬
‫‪Exercises‬‬

‫واجب ًا‪،‬‬
‫اآلتية إذا كان ذلك ِ‬
‫ِ‬ ‫الج َم ِل‬
‫الشرط في ُ‬
‫ِ‬ ‫(‪َ )1‬أد ِْخ ْل الفا َء على َج ِ‬
‫واب‬
‫السبب‪:‬‬
‫َ‬ ‫وا ْذ ُك ْر‬
‫‪ wherever necessary in the following sentences‬جواب ‪ to the‬ف ‪Add‬‬
‫‪giving in each case your reason for adding:‬‬

‫(‪َ )1‬م ْن َج َّد وَ َج َد‪.‬‬

‫ريال‪َ .‬ف َم ْن َي ِج ْد ُه و َي ْأ ِت ِني ِب ِه َلـ ُه ُعشْ ُر ُه‪.‬‬

‫ف ٍ‬ ‫ضاع ِم ِّني أ ْل ُ‬
‫َ‬ ‫ (‪)2‬‬

‫درس ُم ِه ٌّم‪.‬‬
‫ٌ‬ ‫َك‬ ‫(‪َ )3‬م ْه َما َي ُك ْن َس َب ُب ِغ ِ‬
‫ياب َك َق ْد فات َ‬

‫آتيك غد ًا‪.‬‬
‫اآلن َس َ‬
‫ال َ‬ ‫تكن مشْ غُ و ً‬
‫ْ‬ ‫إن‬
‫(‪ْ )4‬‬

‫الدرس‪َ ،‬ف َم ْن َ‬
‫أراد أن َي ْخ ُر َج ِل َي ْخ ُر ْج‪.‬‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫(‪ )5‬ا ْن َت َهى‬

‫إن شا َء ال َّلهُ‪.‬‬ ‫ِ‬

‫البيت ْ‬ ‫ (‪ِ )6‬إ ْن َت ْأ ِت الساع َة العاشر َة ت ْ‬
‫َجدني في‬

‫(‪َ )7‬م ْهما ت َُق ْل لي َل ْن ُأ َص ِّد َق َك‪.‬‬

‫ول‪.‬‬ ‫أخر ًا ال ت ُْس َمح َلـ ُه ِب ُّ‬

‫الد ُخ ِ‬ ‫للمدر ِس‪َ :‬م ْن جا َء ُم َت ِّ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫(‪ )8‬قال المرا ِق ُب‬

‫أح ُص ُل على جائز ٍة؟‬

‫ممتاز َأ ْ‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫بتقدير‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫إن َأن َْج ْح‬
‫(‪ْ )9‬‬

‫لست مستعج ً‬
‫ال‪.‬‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫تكن ُم ْس َت ْع ِج ً‬
‫ال‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫(‪ )10‬إن‬

‫(‪ )11‬إن ت ََر ُه صحيح ًا ما أرا ُه صحيح ًا‪.‬‬

‫المنظر‪.‬‬
‫َ‬ ‫ْس ال َأن َ‬
‫ْس ذاك‬ ‫(‪ )12‬ما َأن َ‬
‫‪42‬‬
 ‫دير‪.‬‬
‫الـم ِ‬ ‫أحد َع ِّني ُق ْل َلـ ُه أنا َ‬
‫عند ُ‬ ‫(‪ )13‬إن َي ْس َأ ْل َك ٌ‬

‫دير‪.‬‬
‫الم ِ‬
‫عند ُ‬
‫الكتاب هو َ‬
‫َ‬ ‫(‪ )14‬من ُي ِر ْد َهذا‬

‫ُ‬
‫أقول َلهُ؟‬ ‫(‪ )15‬إذا سأ َل ِني ُ‬
‫الم ِدي ُر َع ْن َك ماذا‬

‫العالم‪ .‬فمن درس فيها‬

‫ِ‬ ‫جميع أنحا ِء‬
‫ِ‬ ‫طالب ِم ْن‬
‫ٌ‬ ‫إلسالم ّي ِة‬
‫يدرس ِبالجامع ِة ا ِ‬
‫ُ‬ ‫(‪)16‬‬
‫ٍ‬
‫جامعات كثير ٍة‪.‬‬ ‫كأنما درس في‬

‫ٌ‬
‫جاهل‪.‬‬ ‫الكالم إ ّن ُه‬
‫َ‬ ‫(‪َ )17‬م ْن َي ُق ْل َهذا‬

‫(‪ )18‬ما َت ْز َر ْع ت َْح ُص ْد‪.‬‬

‫(‪ )19‬إن َتز ُْرني َس ْو َ‬

‫ف َأ ُ‬
‫زورك‪.‬‬

‫(‪ )20‬من َي ْس َتغْ ِف ِر الل َه َيغْ ِف ْر َلهُ‪.‬‬

‫اآلتية‪:‬‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ِ‬
‫بارات‬ ‫الع‬ ‫َ‬
‫المثال‪ ،‬ثم َك ِّو ْن ُج َم ًال على ِغرارِ ِه ُم ْس َت ِعين ًا ِب ِ‬ ‫(‪َ )2‬تأ َّم ْل‬
‫‪Combine each pair of these clauses to make a meaningful sentence as‬‬
‫‪shown in the example:‬‬

‫أن َي ْخ ُر َج َف ْل َي ْخ ُر ْج‪.‬‬
‫أراد ْ‬
‫المثال‪َ :‬م ْن َ‬

‫يدخ َل الجن َة ‪ /‬يعمل عم ً‬

‫ال صالح ًا‪.‬‬ ‫أراد أن ُ‬
‫(‪ )1‬من َ‬

‫إلذاع َة‪.‬‬ ‫الص ُح َ‬

‫ف ويسمع ا ِ‬ ‫َ‬
‫يعرف األخبا َر ‪ /‬يقرأ ُّ‬ ‫أراد أن‬
‫(‪ )2‬من َ‬
‫األول في المسجد ‪ /‬يذهب ِّ‬
‫مبكرا‪.‬‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ِ‬
‫الصف‬ ‫يجلس في‬
‫َ‬ ‫أراد أن‬
‫(‪ )3‬من َ‬

‫الدرس‪.‬‬
‫ِ‬ ‫أراد أن يسأ َلني ُسؤَاال ‪ /‬يسألني بعد ا ْن ِتها ِء‬
‫(‪ )4‬من َ‬

‫‪43‬‬
 ‫المدير‪.‬‬
‫ِ‬ ‫المستشفى ‪ /‬يأخذ وَ َر َق ًة من‬
‫َ‬ ‫يذهب إلى‬
‫َ‬ ‫(‪ )5‬من أراد أن‬

‫متاز ‪ /‬يجتهد َل ْي َل نَها َر*‪.‬‬

‫ينج َح ِب َت ْق ِد ْي ِر ُم ٍ‬
‫أراد أن َ‬
‫(‪ )6‬من َ‬

‫سالم َف ْهم ًا ج ِّيد ًا ‪ /‬ي َت َع َّلم اللغ َة العربي َة‪.‬‬

‫إل َ‬ ‫يفه َم ا ِ‬
‫أراد أن َ‬
‫(‪ )7‬من َ‬

‫الناس ‪ /‬يحترمهم‪.‬‬
‫ُ‬ ‫يحترمه‬
‫ِ‬ ‫أراد أن‬
‫(‪ )8‬من َ‬

‫َ‬
‫تحت‬ ‫خطا واح ًدا‬ ‫جملة ِم ّما يأ ِتي‪َ .‬‬
‫ض ْع ًّ‬ ‫ٍ‬ ‫والشرط وجوا َب ُه في ُك ِّل‬
‫َ‬ ‫ْط‪،‬‬ ‫(‪َ )3‬ع ِّي ْن أدا َة َّ‬
‫الشر ِ‬
‫كان‬
‫الشرط‪ .‬وإذا َ‬
‫ِ‬ ‫جواب‬
‫ِ‬ ‫َ‬
‫تحت‬ ‫خطوط‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫الشرط‪ ،‬وثال َث َة‬
‫ِ‬ ‫َ‬
‫تحت‬ ‫وخ ُّط ْي ِن‬
‫الشرط‪َ ،‬‬
‫ِ‬ ‫أدا ِة‬
‫ب‪:‬‬
‫الس َب َ‬ ‫الجواب مقترن ًا ِب ِ‬
‫الفاء َفا ْذ ُك ِر َّ‬ ‫ُ‬
‫‪ in the‬جواب ‪ and three under‬شرط ‪, two under‬أداة الشرط ‪Draw one line under‬‬

‫‪ explain why it has taken it:‬ف ‪ has taken‬جواب ‪following examples. If the‬‬

‫(‪ )1‬قال تعالى‪﴿ :‬وَ َمن َي َّت ِق ال َّلـ َه َي ْج َعل َّل ُه َم ْخ َر ًجا﴾ (الطالق ‪.)2‬‬

‫ون َيغْ ِل ُبوا ِما َئ َت ْي ِن﴾ (األنفال ‪.)65‬‬

‫ون َص ِاب ُر َ‬ ‫(‪ )2‬قـال تعالى‪ِ ﴿ :‬إن َي ُكن ِّم ُ‬
‫نك ْم ِعشْ ُر َ‬

‫(‪ )3‬قال تعالى‪َ ﴿ :‬ف َمن ت ََطو ََّع َخ ْي ًرا َف ُه َو َخ ْي ٌر َّل ُه﴾ (البقرة ‪.)184‬‬

‫الصالةَ»‪.‬‬ ‫«م ْن َأ َد َر َك َر ْك َع ًة ِم َن ّ‬
‫الصال ِة َف َق ْد َأ ْد َر َك ّ‬ ‫(‪ )4‬قال عليه الصالة والسالم‪َ :‬‬

‫ال َح َف َل ْي َ‬
‫س ِم َّنا»‪.‬‬ ‫«م ْن َح َم َل َع َل ْينا ِّ‬
‫الس َ‬ ‫(‪ )5‬قال عليه الصالة والسالم‪َ :‬‬

‫«م ْن ُق ِت َل ُد َ‬
‫ون َما ِل ِه فهو َش ِه ْي ٌد»‪.‬‬ ‫(‪ )6‬قال عليه الصالة والسالم‪َ :‬‬

‫وم ْن َع َص ِاني فقد َع َصى‬ ‫اع ِني فقد َأ َط َ‬

‫اع الل َه‪َ ،‬‬ ‫«م ْن َأ َط َ‬
‫(‪ )7‬قال عليه الصالة والسالم‪َ :‬‬
‫األمير فقد َع َص ِاني»‪.‬‬
‫َ‬ ‫ص‬ ‫اع ِني‪َ ،‬‬
‫وم ْن َي ْع ِ‬ ‫وم ْن ُي ِط ْع ا َ‬
‫أل ِم ْي َر فقد َأ َط َ‬ ‫الل َه‪َ ،‬‬

‫باح َمساء‪.‬‬
‫* مبنى على ف ْتح الجزأين‪ .‬وكذلك‪َ :‬ص َ‬
‫‪44‬‬
 ‫«م ْن َأ َك َل ِم ْن َه ِذ ِه الشَّ َج َر ِة فال َي ْق َر ْبن َا»‪.‬‬
‫(‪ )8‬قال عليه الصالة والسالم‪َ :‬‬

‫اآلخ ِر َف ْل َي ُق ْل َخ ْير ًا أو‬

‫ِ‬ ‫«م ْن كان ُيؤ ِْم ُن ِبال َّل ِه وال َي ْو ِم‬
‫(‪ )9‬قال عليه الصالة والسالم‪َ :‬‬
‫ِل َي ْص ُم ْت»‪.‬‬

‫«م ْن َر َأى ِم ْن ُك ْم ُم ْن َكر ًا َف ْل ُيغَ ِّي ْر ُه‬

‫(‪ )10‬قال عليه الصالة والسالم‪َ :‬‬
‫ِب َي ِد ِه‪ .‬ف ِإ ْن َل ْم َي ْس َت ِط ْع َف ِب ِل َسا ِن ِه‪ ،‬ف ِإ ْن َل ْم َي ْس َت ِط ْع َف ِب َق ْل ِب ِه‪َ ،‬‬
‫وذ ِل َك َأ ْض َع ُ‬
‫ف‬
‫يم ِان»‪.‬‬
‫إل َ‬
‫ا ِ‬

‫الم َت َن ِّبي‪:‬‬
‫(‪ )11‬قال ُ‬

‫ال َ‬
‫ال‬ ‫ َف َم ْن َي ُك ذا َف ٍم ُم ٍّر َم ِر ٍ‬
‫يض َي ِجد ُم ًّرا به الما َء ال ُّز َ‬

‫أك ْن‪ ،‬ن َُك ْن َ‬

‫الم ْجز ِ‬
‫ُومات)‪.‬‬ ‫نون َي ُك ْن‪ ،‬ت َُك ْن‪ُ ،‬‬
‫ف ِ‬‫( َي ُك= َي ُك ْن‪ .‬يجوزُ َح ْذ ُ‬

‫واحد منها َع َلى‬

‫ٍ‬ ‫الجواب في ُك ِّل‬
‫ُ‬ ‫يكون‬
‫َ‬ ‫والجواب َع َلى ْ‬
‫أن‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ْط‬ ‫أمثلة ِل َّ‬
‫لشر ِ‬ ‫ٍ‬ ‫(‪ِ )4‬‬
‫هات عشر َة‬
‫النحو التالي‪:‬‬
‫ِ‬

‫‪:‬جواب ‪ with the following as their‬شرط ‪Give ten examples of‬‬

‫‪(a) a nominal sentence‬‬ ‫(‪ )1‬جمل ًة اسمي ًة‪ .‬‬

‫‪(b) an amr‬‬ ‫(األمر) ‬

‫ْ‬ ‫(‪ )2‬فع ً‬
‫ال طلبي ًا‬

‫‪(c) a nahy‬‬ ‫(النهي) ‬

‫ْ‬ ‫(‪ )3‬فع ً‬
‫ال َط َل ِب ًّيا‬

‫‪(d) an istifhâm‬‬ ‫(‪ )4‬فع ً‬

‫ال طلب ًّيا (االستفهام) ‬

‫‪(e) a verb preceded by lan‬‬ ‫(‪ )5‬مقترن ًا ِبـ ( َل ْن) ‬

‫‪45‬‬
 ‫‪(f) a verb preceded by mâ nâfiyah‬‬ ‫(‪ )6‬مقترن ًا ِبـ ( ما) النا ِف َي ِة ‬

‫‪(g) a verb preceded by saufa‬‬ ‫(س ْو َ‬

‫ف) ‬ ‫(‪ )7‬مقترن ًا ِبـ َ‬

‫‪(h) a verb preceded by seen‬‬ ‫السين ‬

‫ِ‬ ‫(‪ )8‬مقترن ًا ِب‬

‫‪(i) a jâmid verb‬‬ ‫(‪ )9‬فع ً‬

‫ال جامد ًا ‬

‫‪(j) a verb preceded by qad‬‬ ‫(‪ )10‬مقترن ًا ِبـ (قد) ‬

‫جملة مفيد ٍة‪:‬‬

‫ٍ‬ ‫اآلتية في‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ْط‬
‫الشر ِ‬ ‫ِ‬
‫أدوات َّ‬ ‫(‪ )5‬أد ِْخ ْل ُك ًّال ِم ْن‬

‫‪ in a sentence:‬أدوات الشرط ‪Use each of the following‬‬

‫ إ ْن‪َ .‬م ْن‪َ .‬ما‪َ .‬م ْه َما‪َ .‬م َتى‪َ .‬أ ْي َن‪َ .‬أ ّي‪.‬‬
‫ِ‬

‫الخ َب ِر َّي ُة) ومعناها (كثير) فمعنى‬ ‫*(ك ْم َم َّر ٍة ُق ْل َت لي َهكذا!)‪َ .‬ه ِذ ِه َ‬
‫(ك ْم َ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ ‬

‫الجمل ِة‪ُ :‬ق ْل َت لي َهكذا َم َّر ٍ‬

‫ات كثير ًة‪.‬‬ ‫ ‬

‫كامها‪:‬‬
‫أح ِ‬ ‫َ‬
‫بعض ْ‬ ‫ن َْذ ُك ُر‬ ‫ ‬

‫منصوب‪،‬‬
‫ٌ‬ ‫ال ْس ِت ْف َه ِ‬
‫ام َّي َة) ت َْم ِييزُها‬ ‫أن َ‬
‫(ك ْم ا ِ‬ ‫ (‪َ )1‬ع َر ْف َت َّ‬
‫نحوَ‪َ :‬ك ْم ِكتاب ًا ِع ْن َد َك؟‬

‫بحرف ج ٍّر‪ ،‬نحوَ‪ِ :‬ب َك ْم رِ يا ً‬

‫ال‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ت َ‬
‫(ك ْم)‬ ‫ ويجوزُ َج ُّر ُه إذا ُج َّر ْ‬
‫القلم؟‬
‫ُ‬ ‫القلم ِ‪/‬ب َك ْم ٍ‬
‫ريال هذا‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫َهذا‬

‫(ك ْم الخبر ّية) َف َي ِج ُب َج ُّر ُه‪ ،‬نحوَ‪َ :‬ك ْم ن َْج ٍم في ّ‬

‫السما ِء! و َق ْد ُي َج ُّر‬ ‫ أما تميي ُز َ‬
‫ّ‬
‫(م ْن) نح َو َق ْو ُل ُه تعالى‪َ ﴿ :‬كم ِّمن ِف َئ ٍة َق ِلي َل ٍة َغ َل َب ْت ِف َئ ًة َك ِث َ‬
‫ير ًة ِب ِإ ْذ ِن ال َّلـ ِه﴾ (البقرة ‪)249‬‬ ‫ِبـ ِ‬

‫‪46‬‬
‫وع‪،‬‬
‫فمفرد أو َم ْج ُم ٌ‬
‫ٌ‬ ‫(كم الخبر َّي ِة)‬
‫ْ‬ ‫ (‪ )2‬تميي ُز (كم االستفهامية) ُم ْف َر ٌد‪ّ .‬‬
‫أما تميي ُز‬
‫فراد أكث ُر و َأ ْب َلغُ ‪.‬‬
‫إل ُ‬ ‫َ‬
‫قرأت! وا ِ‬ ‫قرأت!‪/‬كم ُك ُت ٍب‬
‫َ‬ ‫كتاب‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫َ‪:‬كم‬
‫نحو ْ‬

‫َك ْ‬
‫ــم‬

‫َك ْم الخبر َّي ُة‬ ‫ ‬ ‫َك ْم االستفهام َّي ُة‬ ‫ ‬

‫َ‬
‫عندك!‬ ‫َك ْم ِك ٍ‬
‫تاب‬ ‫ ‬ ‫َ‬
‫عندك؟‬ ‫َك ْم ِكتاب ًا‬ ‫ ‬

‫َ‬
‫عندك!)‬ ‫تاب‬ ‫َ‬
‫(ك ْم ِم ْن ِك ٍ‬ ‫ ‬

‫َ‬
‫عندك!)‬ ‫(ك ْم ُك ُت ٍب‬
‫َ‬ ‫ ‬

‫َت َمــارِ ُ‬
‫ين‬
‫‪Exercises‬‬

‫(‪َ )1‬ح ِّو ْل َك ْم االستفهامي َة ِفيما َي ِلي إلى َك ْم الخبر ّي ِة‪:‬‬

‫‪ in the following sentences:‬كم الخبرية ‪ to‬كم االستفهامية ‪Change‬‬

‫(‪َ )1‬ك ْم ريا ً‬

‫ال أعطي َتني؟‬

‫اليوم؟‬
‫َ‬ ‫غاب‬
‫َ‬ ‫(‪َ )2‬ك ْم طالب ًا‬

‫(‪َ )3‬ك ْم ساع ًة ِن ْم َت؟‬

‫االستفهامية‪:‬‬
‫ِ‬ ‫اآلتية إلى َك ْم‬
‫ِ‬ ‫الجمل‬
‫ِ‬ ‫(‪َ )2‬ح ِّو ْل َك ْم الخبري َة في‬

‫‪47‬‬
‫‪ in the following sentences:‬كم االستفهامية ‪ to‬كم الخبرية ‪Change‬‬

‫الحرام!‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ِ‬
‫للمسجد‬ ‫باب‬
‫(‪ )1‬كم ٍ‬

‫ٍ‬
‫مسجد في هذه المدين ِة الصغير ِة!‬ ‫(‪ )2‬كم من‬

‫(‪ )3‬كم َدوَ ٍاء َت َت َناوَ ُل!‬

‫اب لـ‪:‬‬ ‫س ُّ‬

‫الط ّل َ‬ ‫الم َد ِّر ُ‬
‫ُي َن ِّب ُه ُ‬

‫اص ِب ُك ٍّل ِم ْن كم االستفهامية وكم الخبرية‪.‬‬

‫الخ ِّ‬
‫يم َ‬‫(‪ )1‬ال َت ْن ِغ ِ‬

‫الخاص ِة ِب ُك ٍّل ِمنهما (؟‪.)!/‬‬

‫ّ‬ ‫يم‬
‫عالم ِة ال َّت ْر ِق ِ‬
‫َ‬ ‫(‪)2‬‬

‫يدخ ْل ح ّتى َي ْس َت ْأ ِذ َن)‪ .‬هنا (ح ّتى) بمعنى (إلى)‪.‬‬

‫(من جا َء متأخر ًا فال ُ‬

‫عليل‪ .‬أي ِل َك ْي َ‬
‫ال َأ ْشغَ َل َك‪.‬‬ ‫(فدخلت ح ّتى ال َأ ْشغَ َل َك)‪ .‬هنا (ح ّتى) بمعنى ِ‬
‫الم ال ّت ِ‬ ‫ُ‬

‫بعدها منصوب ًا ِبـ ( َأ ْن) ُم ْض َم َر ًة ُ‬

‫ُوجوب ًا‪.‬‬ ‫المضارع َ‬
‫ُ‬ ‫ُ‬
‫الفعل‬ ‫ويكون‬
‫َ‬

‫َت َمــارِ ُ‬
‫ين‬
‫‪Exercises‬‬

‫(ح َّتى) و َت ْع ِي ْي ِن معنى (ح ّتى)‪:‬‬

‫بعد َ‬
‫الواق َع ِة َ‬
‫ِ‬ ‫عال‬ ‫الج َم َل اآل ِت َي َة َم َع َ‬
‫ض ْب ِط األ ْف ِ‬ ‫(‪ )1‬ا ْق َر ْأ ُ‬
‫‪ in each of the following sentences, and vocalize‬ح َّتى ‪Specify the meaning of‬‬
‫‪the verb following it:‬‬

‫ممتاز‪ِ )2( .‬ا ْن َت ِظ ْر ح ّتى َأ َتو َّ‬

‫َضأ‪.‬‬ ‫ٍ‬ ‫بتقدير‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ (‪َ )1‬أ ْج َت ِه ُد َل ْـي َل ن ََها َر ح ّتى أنجح‬

‫أح ُد ُك ْم ح ّتى ُي ِح ّب ِ‬
‫ألخيه ما ُي ِح ُّب ِل َن ْف ِسه»‪ .‬‬ ‫ (‪ )3‬قال النبي ‪« :Á‬ال ُيؤ ِْم ُن َ‬
‫‪48‬‬
 ‫(‪ )4‬وقال عليه الصالة والسالم‪«:‬ال ُي ْؤ ِم ُن َأ َح ُد ُك ْم حتى‬
‫والناس َأ ْج َم ِع ْي َن»‪.‬‬
‫ِ‬ ‫أكون َأ َح ّب إلي ِه من وَ ا ِل ِده وَ وَ َل ِده‬

‫مبكر ًا ح ّتى ال َأ َت َأ َّخر عن َ‬

‫الم ْو ِع ِد‪.‬‬ ‫البيت ِّ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫خرجت من‬‫ُ‬ ‫(‪)5‬‬
‫أسمح لك بالحضورِ ح ّتى‬
‫َ‬ ‫للطالب‪ :‬لن‬
‫ِ‬ ‫(‪ )6‬قال المدي ُر‬
‫المدرس‪.‬‬
‫ِ‬ ‫تَع َت ِذر إلى‬

‫اآلتية‪:‬‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ِ‬
‫بارات‬ ‫بالع‬ ‫َ‬
‫المثال‪ ،‬ثم َك ِّو ْن جم ًال على ِغ َرارِ ِه‪ُ ،‬م ْس َت ِع ْين ًا ِ‬ ‫(‪َ )2‬تأ َّم ْل‬
‫‪ on the pattern of the example with the help of‬ح َّتى ‪Make sentences using‬‬
‫‪the verb given below:‬‬

‫المثال‪ِ :‬ا ْن َت ِظ ْر ح ّتى َأ َتو َّ‬

‫َض َا‪.‬‬ ‫ ‬

‫ون‪.‬‬ ‫الق ْه َوةَ‪ .‬ن َْس َم ُع ا َ‬

‫أل ْخ َبا َر‪ .‬أك ُت ُب الرسال َة‪َ .‬ي ُع ُ‬
‫ود َ‬ ‫ب َ‬ ‫ أ ْل َب ُ‬
‫س‪َ :‬أ ْش َر ُ‬ ‫َ‬

‫ُ‬
‫تقول‪:‬‬ ‫(خ ْذ)‪.‬‬
‫فعل بمعنى ُ‬
‫اسم ٍ‬ ‫َه ُاؤ ْم ِإ ْع َ‬
‫الن ًا‪( .‬ها) ُ‬ ‫ ‬

‫الكتاب يا ِإ ْخ َو ُة‪.‬‬
‫َ‬ ‫ ُ‬
‫هاؤ ُم‬ ‫علي‪.‬‬
‫الكتاب يا ُّ‬
‫َ‬ ‫هـا َء‬ ‫ ‬

‫الكتاب يا َأ َخو ُ‬
‫َات‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ ُ‬
‫هاؤ َّن‬ ‫الكتاب يا آمن ُة‪.‬‬
‫َ‬ ‫ها ِء‬ ‫ ‬

‫وفي التنـزيل‪َ ﴿ :‬ه ُاؤ ُم ا ْق َر ُءوا ِك َت ِاب َي ْه﴾ (الحاقة ‪)19‬‬ ‫ ‬

‫ص ِّغ ِر ا َأل ْسما َء اآلتي َة‪:‬‬

‫(‪َ )3‬‬
‫‪ nouns:‬مصغّ ر ‪Change the following nouns to‬‬

‫ُك َت ِّي ٌب‬ ‫ ‬

‫اب‬
‫ِك َت ٌ‬ ‫ ‬

‫……………………………………‬ ‫ُغالم‬
‫ ‬ ‫ ‬

‫‪49‬‬
 ‫……………………………………‬ ‫ ‬
‫ِح َمار‬ ‫ ‬

‫……………………………………‬ ‫َط َعام‬

‫ ‬ ‫ ‬

‫……………………………………‬ ‫ ‬
‫َج َبل‬ ‫ ‬

‫ين عا ّمة‬
‫َت َمــارِ ُ‬
‫‪General Exercises‬‬

‫‪Turn these verbs to‬‬ ‫‪:‬مضارع‬ ‫اآلتية‪:‬‬

‫ِ‬ ‫ِ‬
‫األفعال‬ ‫(‪ِ )1‬‬
‫هات مضارعَ‬
‫َشغَ َل ………………‪َ ........‬ر ِح َم ……………‪َ .........‬ف َ‬
‫ات ……………‪.........‬‬
‫ن ََجا ……………‪َ .........‬غ َّ‬
‫ش ……………‪َ .........‬فا َز ……………‪.........‬‬
‫َز َر َع ……………‪َ .........‬ح َص َد ……………‪َ .........‬غ َل َب ……………‪.........‬‬
‫َع َصى ……………‪َ .......‬ص َم َت ……………‪.........‬‬
‫‪Turn these verbs to‬‬ ‫‪:‬مضارع‬ ‫اآلتية‪:‬‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ِ‬
‫األفعال‬ ‫(‪ِ )2‬‬
‫هات مضارعَ‬

‫َص َّد َق ……………‪.......‬‬ ‫َس َّج َل ……………‪َ . ......‬ث َّب َت ……………‪. ......‬‬
‫ أ َط َ‬
‫اع ……………‪.......‬‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ أ ْد َر َك ……………‪.......‬‬
‫َغ َّي َر ……………‪َ .......‬‬
‫ِا ْش َت َر َك ……………‪.......‬‬ ‫َأ ْغ َنى ……………‪َ . ......‬‬
‫آم َن ……………‪. ......‬‬
‫ِات ََّقى ……………‪.......‬‬ ‫ِا ْع َت َذ َر ……………‪ِ . ......‬ا ْح َت َر َم ……………‪. ......‬‬
‫َع َّل َم ……………‪.......‬‬ ‫َت َأ َّخ َر ……………‪ . ......‬ت ََطو ََّع ……………‪. ......‬‬
‫ِا ْس َت ْي َق َظ……………‪......‬‬ ‫ِا ْس َتغْ َف َر ……………‪ِ . ...‬ا ْس َت َف َ‬
‫اد ……………‪. ......‬‬
‫َأ ْش َر َك ……………‪.......‬‬

‫‪50‬‬
 Write the plural of each of thses words: :‫اآلتية‬
ِ ‫األسماء‬
ِ ‫جمع‬
َ ِ )3(
‫هات‬

.......…………… ‫ َجا ِئزَة‬.......…………… ‫ ُعذر‬.......…………… ‫ال ِئ َحة‬

َ ‫ِس‬
........…………… ‫ َدوَ اء‬.......…………… ‫ َأ ِمير‬.......…………… ‫الح‬

Points to Remember

In this lesson we learn the following:

(1) In the previous lesson we have been introduced to shart. We will learn more about it in

this lesson.

Another very important word denoting shart is ‫ ِإ ْن‬. It means ‘if’, e.g.,

‫‘ ِإ ْن ت َْذ َه ْب َأ ْذ َه ْب‬If you go I will (also) go.’ Note that the both the verbs (i.e., in the shart
and the jawâb) are majzûm. That is why ‫ ِإ ْن‬and its “sisters” (which we will shortly meet)

are called ‫ط الجازِ َم ُة‬ ُ ‫ َأ َد‬, i.e., conditional words which render the verb majzûm. Here
ِ ‫وَات الشَّ ْر‬
are some more examples:

ِ ‫‘ ِإ ْن َت ْأ ُك ْل َطعام ًا‬If you eat rotten food you will fall

ْ ‫فاسد ًا ت َْم َر‬
‫ض‬
sick.’

‫دام ُك ْم‬
َ ‫إن َت ْن ُص ُروا الل َه َي ْن ُص ْر ُك ْم و ُي َث ِ ّب ْت َأ ْق‬
ْ ‘If you help (the cause of)
Allah He will help you and make your foothold firm’ (Qur’an,

47:7).

‫ين‬
َ ‫الخاس ِر‬
ِ ‫ال تَغْ ِف ْر ِلي وت َْر َح ْم ِني َأ ُك ْن ِم َن‬
َّ ‫‘ وَ ِإ‬If You do not forgive me and have mercy on me
َّ ‫ال = إ‬
I shall be among the losers’ (Qur’an, 11:47). Here ‫ال‬ َ ‫ ِإ ْن‬.

51
Here are the other words belonging to ‫ط الجازِ َم ُة‬ ُ ‫ َأ َد‬:
ِ ‫وَات الشَّ ْر‬
َ ‫‘ َف َم ْن َي ْع َم ْل ِمث‬Whoever does an atom’s weight of good
َ ‫ْقال َذ َّر ٍة‬
i) ‫‘ َم ْن‬he who’, e.g., ‫خ ْير ًا َي َر ُه‬

shall see it’ (Qur’an, 99:7).

َ ‫وَما ت َْف َع ُلوا ِم ْن‬

ii) ‫‘ َما‬that which’, e.g., ‫خ ْي ٍر َي ْع َل ْم ُه الل ُه‬

‘And whatever good you do Allah knows it’ (Qur’an, 2:197).

iii) ‫‘ َم َتى‬whenever’, e.g., ‫‘ َم َتى تُسا ِف ْر ُأسا ِف ْر‬Whenever you travel I

will (also) travel.’

iv) ‫‘ َأ ْي َن‬wherever,’ e.g., ‫َس ُك ْن َأ ْس ُك ْن‬

ْ ‫‘ َأ ْي َن ت‬Wherever you stay I
will (also) stay.’ An extra ‫ مَا‬is often added to ‫ أ ْي َن‬for emphasis,

َ ‫‘ َأ ْي َنما ُك ْن ُت ْم ُي ْدرِ ْك ُك ُم‬Wherever you may be, death

ُ ‫الم ْو‬
e.g., ‫ت‬

will overtake you’ (Qur’an, 4:78)1.

v) ‫‘ َأ ُّي‬whichever’, e.g., ‫الم ْكتب ِة نَشْ َت ِـر ِه‬

َ ‫‘ َأ َّي ُم ْع َج ٍم ن َِج ْد في‬Whichever dictionary we find in
the bookshop we will buy it.

َ ‫‘ َم ْهما ت َُق ْل ن‬Whatever you say we believe you.’

َ ‫ُص ِ ّد ْق‬
vi) ‫‘ َم ْهـما‬whatever’, e.g., ‫ك‬

The tense of the shart and jawâb verbs:

ُ ‫‘ وَ ِإ ْن ت َُع‬And if you return (to attack) we (also)

a) Both of them may be mudâri‘, e.g., ‫ودوا ن َُع ْد‬

shall return’ (Qur’an, 8:19). In this case both the verbs should be majzûm.

b) Both of them may be mâdî, but the meaning is future, e.g., ‫‘ وَ ِإ ْن ُع ْدت ُْم ُع ْدنَا‬And if you

return We shall (also) return2’ (Qur’an, 17:8). The mâdî is mabnî, so the conditional words

do not effect any change in them.

1
The verb of shart in the âyah is mâdî. This will be dealt with later in this lesson.
2
The meaning is, ‘If you return to sins, We shall return to punishment.’
52
c) The first may be mâdî, and the second mudâri‘, e.g., ‫اآلخ َر ِة ن َِز ْد َلـ ُه في‬
ِ ‫ث‬ َ ‫يد َح ْر‬ َ ‫َم ْن َك‬
ُ ‫ان ُي ِر‬
‫‘ َح ْر ِثـ ِه‬Whoever desires the harvest of the Hereafter, We give him increase in its harvest’
(Qur’an, 42:20). In this case the second verb is majzûm.

d) The first may be mudâri‘, and the second mâdî, e.g., ‫واح ِتساب ًا ُغ ِف َر‬
ْ ‫إيمان ًا‬ َ ‫َم ْن َي ُق ْم َل ْي َل َة‬
ِ‫الق ْدر‬
‫‘ َلـ ُه ما ت ََق َّد َم ِم ْن َذن ِْب ِه‬Whoever stands up (offering salah) on the Night of Qadr with faith and
hope of reward, his past sins will be forgiven him1. In this case the first verb is majzûm.

َ
When does the jawâb take ‫?ف‬

We have seen in the previous lesson two of the situations in which the jawâb al-shart
َ Here are the other situations:
should take ‫ف‬.

َ ‫‘ َم ْن َغشَّ ـ َنـا َفـ َل ْي‬Whoever deceives us is

i) If the jawâb al-shart is a jâmid 2 verb, e.g., 3‫س ِم َّنا‬

not one of us.

َ ‫وَم ْن َي ِط ِع الل َه وَ َر ُسو َلـ ُه َف‬

ii) If the verb in the jawâb is preceded by ‫ َق ْد‬, e.g., ‫ـق ْد َفا َز َف ْوز ًا َع ِظيم ًا‬ َ
‘Whoever obeys Allah and His messenger has indeed achieved a great success’ (Qur’an,

33:71).

1
Hadîth, reported by Bukhârî, Kitâb al-îmân : 25; and al-Nasâ’î, Kitâb al-îmân :22.
2
A jâmid verb (‫الجامد‬
ُ ‫ )ال ِف ْع ُل‬is one which has only one form like ‫ َع َسى‬،‫س‬
َ ‫ َل ْي‬. These verbs have no mudâri‘ or amr.
3
Hadîth reported by Muslim, Kitâb al-îmân: 164.

53
iii) If the verb in the jawâb is preceded by the negative ‫ما‬, َ ‫وف َف‬
َ e.g., ‫ـمـا‬ ُّ ‫َم ْهما ت َُك ْن‬
ُ ‫الظ ُر‬

ُ ‫‘ َأ ْك ِذ‬Whatever may be the circumstances I don’t lie.’

‫ب‬

iv) If the verb in the jawâb is preceded by the ‫ َل ْن‬,

e.g., ‫ َف َل ْن َي ْل َب َس ُه في اآلخـر ِة‬1 ‫الدنْيا‬

ُّ ‫رير في‬
َ ‫الح‬ َ ‫َم ْن َل ِب‬
َ ‫س‬
‘Whoever puts on silk (dress) in this word will not put it

on in the Hereafter.’

v) If the verb in the jawâb is preceded by ‫س‬

َ ,
e.g., ‫إن تُسا ِف ْر َف َسـ ُأسا ِف ُر‬
ْ ‘If you travel, I will (also) travel.’

vi) If the verb in the jawâb is preceded by ‫ف‬ ُ ‫ف ُيغْ ِن‬

َ ‫ َس ْو‬e.g., ‫يك ُم الل ُه ِم ْن‬ َ ‫وَ ِإ ْن ِخ ْف ُت ْم َع ْي َل ًة َف َس ْو‬
‫‘ َف ْض ِل ِه ِإ ْن شا َء‬And if you fear poverty Allah will enrich you, if He wills, out of His bounty’
(Qur’an, 9:28).

vii) If the verb in the jawâb is preceded by ‫( َك َأنَّما‬as if), e.g., ٍ ‫َأ َّن ُه َم ْن َق َت َل ن َْفس ًا ِبغَ ْي ِر ن َْف‬
ْ‫س َأو‬
َ ‫‘ َف َس ٍاد َف َك َأنَّما َق َت َل ال َّن‬That whoever kills a human being for other than murder or
‫اس َجمِ يع ًا‬
corruption in the earth, it is as if he has killed all mankind’ (Qur’an, 5:32).

َ the mudâri‘ verb therein is not majzûm. (See Nos 5, 6 & 8

If the jawâb al-shart has ‫ف‬,

above). In this case the whole jawâb al-shart is said to be in the place of jazm (‫ح ِ ّل‬
َ ‫في َم‬
‫)الجز ِْم‬.
َ

(2) We have already learnt the word ‫‘ َك ْم‬how many?’ e.g.,

َ
‫عنـدك؟‬ ‫‘ َك ْم ِكتاب ًا‬How may books you have?’ Here ‫ َك ْم‬is used to ask a question, so it is
ِ ‫( َك ْم ا‬the interrogative kam).
called ‫ال ْس ِت ْفها ِم َّي ُة‬

1
Hadîth reported by Bukhârî, Kitâb al-Libâs :25.

54
 َ
But if I say, !‫عندك‬ ‫كتاب‬
ٍ ‫ َك ْم‬It means ‘How many books you have!’ Here I am not asking
you a question. I am wondering at the great number of books you have, so it is called ‫َك ْم‬

‫الخ َب ِر َّي ُة‬

َ (the predicative kam).

The points in which ‫هام َّي ُة‬

ِ ‫تف‬ ِ ‫ َك ْم ا‬and ‫الخ َب ِر َّي ُة‬
ْ ‫ال ْس‬ َ ‫ َك ْم‬differ from each other.

The tamyîz 1 of ‫هام َّي ُة‬

ِ ‫تف‬ ِ ‫ َك ْم ا‬is always singular, and it is mansûb.
ْ ‫ال ْس‬

َ ‫ َك ْم‬may be singular or plural. It is majrur. It may be preceded by

The tamyîz of ‫الخ َب ِر َّي ُة‬
َ
‫ ِم ْن‬e.g., !‫عندك‬ ‫كتاب‬
ٍ ‫ َك ْم ِم ْن‬/‫عندك‬
َ ‫ك ْم ُك ُت ٍب‬/!
َ ‫عندك‬
َ ‫كتاب‬
ٍ َ It is better to avoid the
‫ك ْم‬.
َ
construction !‫عندك‬ ‫كم ُك ُت ٍب‬.
ْ

Each of the two types of ‫ َك ْم‬has its own intonation in speech, and its own punctuation

mark in writing (?, !).

Here are some more examples of ‫الخ َب ِر َّي ُة‬ َ

َ ‫ك ْم‬.

َّ ‫‘ َك ْم ن َْج ٍم في‬How many stars are there in the

!‫السما ِء‬
sky!’

َ ‫‘ َك ْم ِم ْن ِف َئ ٍة َق ِليل ٍة َغ َل َب ْت ِف َئ ًة َك ِث‬How many a

‫ير ًة ِب ِإ ْذ ِن ال َّل ِه‬
small group has overcome a mighty host with Allah’s

leave!’ (Qur’an, 2:249).

(3) ‫ح َّتى‬
َ has two meanings:

َ ‫‘ َم ْن جا َء ُم َت َأ ِ ّخر ًا َفال َي ْد ُخ ْل‬Whoever comes late should not enter till he

a) till, e.g., ‫ح َّتى َي ْست ْأ ِذ َن‬

seeks permission.’

َ ‫‘ ِا ْن َت ِظ ْر ح َّتى َأ ْل َب‬Wait till I get dressed.’

Here is another example: ‫س‬

1
The tamyîz (‫ )ال َّت ْميِ ْيز‬is the noun that comes after ‫ َك ْم‬to specify how many it denotes.

55
 َ ‫‘ َد َخ ْل ُت َح َّتى ال َأ ْشغَ َل‬I entered (without seeking permission) so that I might
b) so that, e.g, ‫ك‬

not distract you.’

Here is another example: ‫آن‬ َ ‫س ال ُّلغَ َة العرب ّي َة َح َّتى‬

ُ ‫أفه َم‬
َ ‫الق ْر‬ ُ ‫‘ َأ ْد ُر‬I am studying Arabic so that I
can understand the Qur’an’.

َ is mansûb because of a latent ‫ َأ ْن‬.

The mudâri‘ which comes after ‫ح َّتى‬

(4) ‫ َها َء‬is a verb-noun meaning ‘take’. It is an amr. This is how it is isnâded to the other

pronouns of the second person:

‫الكتاب يا ع ِل ُّي‬
َ ‫ ها َء‬ ‫إخـوان‬
ُ ‫الكتاب يا‬
َ ‫هاؤُ ُم‬

‫الكتاب يا آمن ُة‬

َ ‫ ها ِء‬ ‫الكتاب يا َأ َخوات‬
َ ‫هاؤُ َّن‬

ِ ‫‘ َهاؤُ ُم ا ْق َر ُءوا ِك‬Take, read my book.’

In the Qur’an (69:19): ‫تاب َي ْه‬

(5) We have been introduced to the diminutive earlier. Here we learn

more about it. The diminutive has three patterns:

a) ‫ف َع ْي ٌل‬, َ from ‫ ُج َب ْي ٌل ;ز َْه ٌر‬from ‫( َج َب ٌل‬The first letter is followed by u, and the
ُ e.g., .‫زُه ْي ٌر‬
second by ai, e.g., jabal: jubail).

b) ‫ف َع ْيــ ِع ٌل‬,
ُ e.g., ‫ـم‬
ٌ ‫ ُد َر ْي ِه‬from ‫( ِد ْر َه ٌم‬The first letter is followed by u, the second by ai and the
third by i, e.g., dirham: duraihim).

ٌ ‫ ِك‬is ‫( ُك َت ِ ّي ٌب‬kutaiyib) wherein the alif is changed to yâ’.

Note that diminutive of ‫تاب‬

56
 ٌ ‫ ُف َع ْـي ِع‬e.g., ‫ين‬
c) ‫يل‬ ٌ ‫ ُفـ َن ْي ِج‬from ‫جان‬
ٌ ‫( ِف ْن‬The first letter is followed by u, the second by ai and
the third by î, e.g., finjân: funaijîn).

ُ ‫ ن‬،‫ َأ ُك ْن‬،‫ ت َُك ْن‬،‫ َي ُك ْن‬: these four majzûm form of ‫ون‬
(6) ‫َك ْن‬ ُ ‫ َي ُك‬may drop the ‫ ْن‬and become
ُ ‫ ت‬،‫ َي ُك‬, e.g., ‫‘ وَ َل ْم َأ ُك َب ِغ ًّيا‬And I was not an unchaste woman’ (Qur’an, 19:20).
‫ ن َُك‬،‫ َأ ُك‬،‫َك‬

ُ ‫‘ وَ َق ْد َخ َل ْق ُت َك ِم ْن َق ْب ُل وَ َل ْم ت‬And I created you before while you were nothing’

‫َـك َش ْـي ًئا‬
(Qur’an, 19:9).

ُ ‫‘ قا ُلوا َل ْم ن َُك ِم َن‬They said, “We were not among those who perform salah”’
َ ‫الم َص ِ ّل‬
‫ـين‬
(Qur’an, 74:43).

ْ ‫‘ َف ِإ ْن َي ُتو ُبوا َي ُك َخ ْير ًا َل ُه‬And if they repent it will be better for them’ (Qur’an 9:74).
‫ـم‬
1 َ ‫َي ِج ْد ُم ّـر ًا ِبـ ِه الما َء ال ُّز‬
َ ‫ال‬
‫ال‬ ٍ ‫وم ْن َي ُك ذا َف ٍم ُم ٍ ّـر َم‬
‫ريض‬ َ

‘Whoever has a bitter sickly mouth finds with it the purest fresh water bitter.’

ُ ‫كان َي ُك‬.
This optional omission of the nûn, which is the third radical, is peculiar to ‫ون‬ َ

(7) In ‫ َل ْي َل نَها َر‬two nouns have been combined into one. This combined word is mabnî. The

same is true of ‫باح َمسا َء‬

َ ‫ص‬.َ We say,
‫‘ َأ ْع َم ُل َل ْي َل نَها َر‬I work day and night.
‫باح َمسا َء‬
َ ‫‘ ن َْع ُب ُد الل َه َص‬We worship Allah morning
and evening.’

1 َ ‫ال‬
‫ال‬ َ ‫ الز‬without the alif which has
َ ‫ ال ُّز‬should have been ‫ُّالل‬
been added for metrical reason. The line is by the famous
poet al-Mutanabbî (915-965 C.E.).

57
 ‫‪Lesson‬‬

‫س‬
‫الخام ُ‬
‫ِ‬ ‫س‬
‫الـ َّد ْر ُ‬
‫‪5‬‬

‫الكريم وت َْج ِو ِ‬
‫يد ِه‪.‬‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ِ‬
‫القرآن‬ ‫السالم‪ُ ،‬أ َه ِّن ُئ َك ِب َف ْوزِ َك في ُم َسا َب َق ِة ِح ْف ِظ‬
‫عبد ّ‬
‫‪ :‬يا َ‬ ‫س‬
‫الم َد ِّر ُ ‬
‫ُ‬

‫زاك الل ُه خير ًا‪.‬‬ ‫السال م ‪ُ :‬‬

‫أشك ُر َك يا ُد ْك ُت ُ‬
‫ور‪َ .‬ج َ‬ ‫عبد ّ‬
‫ُ‬

‫مروان‪ ،‬وَ ِّز ْع َه ِذ ِه ال ُّن َس َخ َع َلى َّ‬

‫الط َل َب ِة‪.‬‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫‪ :‬يا‬ ‫س‬
‫الم َد ِّر ُ ‬
‫ُ‬

‫دكتور؟‬
‫ُ‬ ‫الض ْخ ُم ا َّل ِذي َم َع َك يا‬
‫تاب َّ‬
‫الك ُ‬
‫السال م ‪ :‬ما َهذا ِ‬
‫عبد ّ‬
‫ُ‬

‫اف ِل ْل َك ِل ِ‬
‫مات‬ ‫جام ِع ٌّي‪ .‬إ ّن ُه ُذو َفوَا ِئ َد ُم َت َع ِّد َدة‪ :‬إ ّن ُه ِ‬
‫يأتي ِبشَ ْر ٍح وَ ٍ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫‪َ :‬هذا ُم ْع َج ٌم‬ ‫س‬
‫الم َد ِّر ُ ‬
‫ُ‬
‫الم َسا ِئ َل ال َّن ْح ِو َّي َة‪ ،‬وكذ ِل َك َي ْح ِوي ُصوَر ًا ُم َل َّو َن ًة ِل َت ْو ِض ِ‬
‫يح‬ ‫َم َع أمثل ٍة كثير ٍة‪ ،‬و َي ْذ ُك ُر َ‬
‫ِ‬
‫الكلمات‪.‬‬ ‫َم َع ِاني ِ‬
‫بعض‬

‫‪ِ :‬في َك ْم ُم َج َّل ٍد ُهوَ؟‬ ‫أحمد‬

‫ُ ‬

‫‪ِ :‬في ُم َج َّل َد ْي ِن َض ْخ َم ْي ِن‪.‬‬ ‫س‬

‫الم َد ِّر ُ ‬
‫ُ‬

‫‪َ :‬م ْن ُم َؤ ِّل ُفهُ؟‬ ‫إبراهيم‬

‫ُ ‬

‫‪َ :‬أ َّل َف ُه َجماع ٌة ِم ْن ُع َلما ِء ال ُّلغَ ِة … َ‬

‫أح َض َر ِ‬
‫حام ٌد؟‬ ‫س‬
‫الم َد ِّر ُ ‬
‫ُ‬

‫أس ُ‬
‫تاذ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ :‬ه َأن ََذا يا ْ‬ ‫حامد‬
‫ٌ ‬

‫األيام يا حا ِم ُد‪.‬‬
‫َ‬ ‫‪َ :‬كث َُر ِغيا ُب َك هذه‬ ‫س‬
‫الم َد ِّر ُ ‬
‫ُ‬

‫‪58‬‬
‫اس ِت ْق َبا ِل ِه‪،‬‬ ‫فكنت َمشْ غُ و ً‬
‫ال ِب ْ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫ِ‬
‫الماض َي‪،‬‬ ‫وع‬
‫األس ُب َ‬
‫ْ‬ ‫المنور ِة‬
‫ّ‬ ‫‪ :‬جا َء أبِ ي إ َلى المدين ِة‬ ‫حام د‬

‫وخ ْد َم ِت ِه‪ ،‬وت َْو ِد ِ‬

‫يع ِه‪.‬‬ ‫ِ‬

‫‪َ :‬م ْهما َي ُك ِن َّ‬

‫الس َب ُب َف َق ْد فا َت ْت َك ُد ُر ٌ‬
‫وس ُم ِه َّم ٌة‪.‬‬ ‫س‬
‫الم َد ِّر ُ ‬
‫ُ‬

‫الحرا َر ُة؟‬
‫ت َ‬ ‫دكتور‪َ ،‬ف َق ْد ْ‬
‫اش َت َّد ْ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫الم َك ِّي َ‬
‫ف يا‬ ‫السال م ‪َ :‬أنُشَ غِّ ُل ُ‬
‫عبد ّ‬
‫ُ‬
‫‪ :‬ال ِ‬
‫مان َع‪.‬‬ ‫س‬
‫الم َد ِّر ُ ‬
‫ُ‬

‫( َي ْد ُخ ُل ُ‬
‫المرا ِق ُب)‬ ‫ ‬

‫اس َم ُه ِفي َم ْك َتبِي‪.‬‬

‫باب َف ْل ُي َس ِّج ِل ْ‬ ‫َ‬
‫يشترك في ُم َخ َّي ِم الشَّ ِ‬ ‫أن‬
‫أراد ْ‬
‫‪َ ( :‬ب ْع َد ال َّت ِح َّي ِة) َم ْن َ‬ ‫ب‬
‫المرا ِق ُ ‬
‫ُ‬

‫( َي ْخـ ُر ُج)‬ ‫ ‬

‫يط‪ُ ( .‬يشَ غَّ ُل ُ‬

‫الم َس َّج َل)‪.‬‬ ‫الم َس َّج َل على الشَّ ِر ِ‬ ‫َ‬
‫الشريف ُ‬ ‫َ‬
‫الحديث‬ ‫‪ِ :‬ل َن ْس َم ِع‬ ‫س‬
‫الم َد ِّر ُ ‬
‫ُ‬
‫ُ‬
‫الحديث‪ِ .‬ل َن ْس َم ْع ُه َم َّر ًة ْ‬
‫أخ َرى‬ ‫إبراهيم‪ ،‬ال ت َُك ِّل ْم ز َِمي َل َك وأن َ‬
‫ْت ت َْس َم ُع … ِا ْن َت َهى‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫يا‬ ‫ ‬
‫َ‬
‫الحديث يا ُأسام ُة‪.‬‬ ‫الم َس َّج َل) … ا ْق َر ْأ َهذا‬
‫ف ُ‬ ‫… ( ُي َو َّق ُ‬

‫علي رضي ال َّل ُه عنهما‬ ‫ـن أبِ ي هـريرة رضي ال َّل ُه عنه قال‪َ :‬ق َّب َل ُّ‬
‫النبي ‪َ Á‬‬
‫الح َس َن ْب َن ٍّ‬ ‫‪َ :‬ع ْ‬ ‫ُأسامُ ة‬
‫أحد ًا‪.‬‬ ‫َ‬
‫فقـال األ ْق َر ُع‪ِ :‬إ َّن ِلي َعشَ َر ًة ِم َن الـ َو َل ِد ما َق َّب ْل ُت ِم ْن ُه ْم َ‬ ‫وع ْن َد ُه ا َ‬
‫أل ْق َـر ُع ْب ُن َح ِاب ٍ‬
‫س‪.‬‬ ‫ِ‬
‫ـن ال َي ْر َح ْم ال ُي ْر َح ْم»‪( .‬متفق عليه)‪.‬‬
‫«م ْ‬ ‫َ‬
‫وقـال‪َ :‬‬ ‫ُ‬
‫رسـول ال َّل ِه ‪،Á‬‬ ‫َف َن َظ َـر إ َل ْي ِه‬

‫الحديث يا ُأسام ُة؟‬

‫ِ‬ ‫أح َس ْن َت‪ .‬ماذا َف ِه ْم َت ِم ْن َهذا‬
‫‪ْ :‬‬ ‫س‬
‫الم َد ِّر ُ ‬
‫ُ‬

‫أم ٌر َح َس ٌن‪ ،‬وأ َّن ُه َي ُد ُّل َع َلى الشَّ َف َق ِة وال َّر ْح َم ِة‪.‬‬ ‫ِ‬
‫األطفال ْ‬ ‫أن ت َْق ِب َ‬
‫يل‬ ‫‪َ :‬ف ِه ْم ُت ِم ْن ُه َّ‬ ‫ُأسامُ ة‬

‫ٌ‬
‫حديث ُم َّت َف ٌق َع َل ْي ِه)؟‬ ‫(إن هذا‬
‫الم َح ِّد ِث ْي َن َّ‬ ‫أحمد‪ ،‬ما مع َنى ِ‬
‫قول ُ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫أح َس ْن َت‪ .‬يا‬
‫‪ْ :‬‬ ‫س‬
‫الم َد ِّر ُ ‬
‫ُ‬

‫‪59‬‬
‫مام‬
‫إل ُ‬‫ام ال ُبخارِ ُّي وا ِ‬
‫إل َم ُ‬ ‫الج ِل ْي َ‬
‫ال ِن ا ِ‬ ‫الم َح ِّد َث ِان َ‬ ‫َ‬
‫الحديث َروَ ا ُه ُ‬ ‫أن َهذا‬
‫‪َ :‬م ْعنا ُه‪َّ :‬‬ ‫أحمد‬
‫ُ ‬
‫ُم ْس ِل ٌم‪َ -‬ر ِح َم ُهما ال َّلهُ‪ -‬في َص ِح ْي َح ْي ِهما‪.‬‬

‫أح َس ْن َت‪.‬‬
‫‪ْ :‬‬ ‫س‬
‫الم َد ِّر ُ ‬
‫ُ‬

‫أن ت َُع ِّل َم ِني َك ْي َ‬

‫ف ُأ َص ِّلي َع َلى َ‬
‫الم ِّي ِت‪.‬‬ ‫الم‪ْ .‬أر ُجو ْ‬
‫إل ْس ِ‬ ‫ُ‬
‫حديث َع ْه ٍد ِبا ِ‬ ‫دكتور‪ ،‬أنا‬
‫ُ‬ ‫‪ :‬يا‬ ‫ُم َح َّم ٌ د‬

‫‪ِ :‬ب ُك ِّل ُس ُر ٍ‬

‫ور‪ .‬ت َُك ِّب ُر وت َْق َر ُأ سور َة الفا ِت َح ِة‪ ،‬ثم ت َُك ِّب ُر وت َ‬
‫ُص ِّلي‬ ‫س‬
‫الم َد ِّر ُ ‬
‫ُ‬
‫َع َلى ال َّنب ِِّي ‪ُ ،Á‬ث َّم ت َُك ِّب ُر وت َْد ُعو ِل ْل َم ِّي ِت‪ُ ،‬ث َّم ت َُك ِّب ُر وت َُس ِّل ُم‪.‬‬

‫دكتور‪.‬‬
‫ُ‬ ‫‪َ :‬ج َ‬
‫زاك ال َّل ُه خير ًا يا‬ ‫ُم َح َّم ٌ د‬

‫ان‬ ‫أي سور ٍة قو ُل ُه تعالى‪﴿ :‬وَ وَ رِ َ‬

‫ث ُس َل ْي َم ُ‬ ‫دكتور‪ ،‬في ِّ‬
‫ُ‬ ‫‪ :‬يـا‬ ‫ُأسامُ ة‬
‫اُوود…﴾؟‬
‫َد َ‬

‫الس ِاد َس َة َعشْ َر َة من ُسور ِة‬

‫‪ :‬هي اآل َي ُة َّ‬ ‫س‬
‫الم َد ِّر ُ ‬
‫ُ‬
‫ال َّن ْم ِل‪.‬‬

‫أن ت َْك ُت َب ِلي ْ‬

‫أسما َء‬ ‫دكتور‪ْ ،‬أر ُجو ْ‬
‫ُ‬ ‫‪ :‬يا‬ ‫ُأسامُ ة‬
‫سالم ا ْب ِن ت َْيمِ َي َة‪.‬‬
‫إل ِ‬ ‫ض ُم َؤ َّل َف ِ‬
‫ات َش ْي ِخ ا ِ‬ ‫َب ْع ِ‬

‫ُ‬
‫وقت‬ ‫حان‬
‫َ‬ ‫وان‪َ ،‬ق ْد‬
‫إخ ُ‬‫إن شا َء ال َّلهُ… يا ْ‬
‫‪ْ :‬‬ ‫س‬
‫الم َد ِّر ُ ‬
‫ُ‬
‫أح ُد ُك ْم إ َلى ُ‬
‫الم َص َّلى و ْل ُيؤ َِّذ ْن‪.‬‬ ‫موجود‪َ .‬ف ْل َي ْخ ُر ْج َ‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫المؤ َِّذ َن غي ُر‬
‫أن ُ‬‫الظ ْه ِر‪ ،‬و َل َّما ُيؤ ََّذ ْن‪َ .‬ي ْب ُدو َّ‬
‫صال ِة ُّ‬

‫‪Answer the following questions:‬‬ ‫(‪َ )1‬أ ِج ْب َع ِن ا َأل ْس ِئ َل ِة اآل ِت َي ِة‪ :‬‬
‫(‪َ )1‬م ْن ا َّل ِذي َق َّب َل ُه ال َّنب ُِّي ‪Á‬؟‬ ‫ ‬

‫‪60‬‬
 ‫(‪ )2‬ماذا َ‬
‫قال األ ْق َر ُع ِع ْن َدما َرأى َذ ِل َك؟‬ ‫ ‬

‫(‪ )3‬ماذا َ‬
‫قال َلـ ُه ال َّنب ُِّي ‪Á‬؟‬ ‫ ‬

‫وإما ُر َب ِ‬
‫اع ٌّي‪.‬‬ ‫ال ِف ْع ُل ِإ ّما ُث ِ‬
‫الث ٌّي‪ّ ،‬‬ ‫ ‬

‫أح ُر ٍف َأ ْص ِل ّي ٍة‪ ،‬نحوَ‪َ :‬د َخ َل‪،‬‬

‫كان ِفي ِه َثالث ُة ْ‬ ‫فالث ِ‬
‫ُّالث ُّي ما َ‬ ‫ ‬

‫كان ِفي ِه أربع ُة ْ‬

‫أح ُر ٍف ْ‬
‫أص ِل ّي ٍة‪،‬‬ ‫والر ِ‬
‫باع ُّي ما َ‬ ‫َك َت َب‪َ ،‬ش ِر َ‬
‫ب‪ُّ .‬‬
‫نحوَ‪ :‬ت َْر َج َم‪َ ،‬ه ْروَ َل‪َ ،‬ب ْس َم َل‪.‬‬

‫وك ٌّل ِم ْنهما ِإ ّما ُم َج َّر ٌد‪ّ ،‬‬

‫وإما َم ِز ْي ٌد‪.‬‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫ ‬

‫جميع َأ ْح ُر ِف ِه َأ ْص ِل َّي ًة‪.‬‬

‫ُ‬ ‫كان‬
‫فالم َج َّر ُد ما َ‬
‫ُ‬ ‫ ‬

‫األص ِل ّي ِة‪.‬‬
‫ْ‬ ‫يد ِفي ِه َح ْر ٌ‬
‫ف أوْ أكث ُر َع َلى َأ ْح ُر ِف ِه‬ ‫زيد ما زِ َ‬
‫والم ُ‬
‫َ‬ ‫ ‬

‫الم َج َّر ُد َل ُه ِس َّت ُة َأ ْب ٍ‬

‫واب‪ِ ،‬‬
‫وهي‪:‬‬ ‫ال ِف ْع ُل الث ِ‬
‫ُّالث ُّي ُ‬

‫(‪َ )1‬ف َع َل َي ْف ُع ُل نحوَ‪َ :‬ك َت َب َيك ُت ُب‪.‬‬ ‫ ‬

‫س‪.‬‬ ‫(‪َ )2‬ف َع َل َي ْف ِع ُل نحوَ‪َ :‬ج َل َ‬

‫س َي ْج ِل ُ‬ ‫ ‬

‫فع ُل نحوَ‪َ :‬ذ َه َب َي ْذ َه ُب‪.‬‬

‫(‪َ )3‬ف َع َل َي َ‬ ‫ ‬

‫ب‪.‬‬ ‫(‪َ )4‬ف ِع َل َي ْف َع ُل نحوَ‪َ :‬ش ِر َ‬

‫ب َيشْ َر ُ‬ ‫ ‬

‫(‪َ )5‬ف ُع َل َي ْف ُع ُل نحوَ‪َ :‬كث َُر َي ْك ُث ُر‪.‬‬ ‫ ‬

‫ث‪.‬‬ ‫(‪َ )6‬ف ِع َل َي ْف ِع ُل نحوَ‪ :‬وَ رِ َ‬

‫ث َي ِر ُ‬ ‫ ‬

‫‪61‬‬
 ‫َت َمــارِ ُ‬
‫ين‬
‫‪Exercises‬‬

‫ُّباع ِّي ِفيما َي ِلي‪:‬‬ ‫الف ْع َل ال ُّثال ِث َّي ِم َن ِ‬

‫الف ْع ِل الر ِ‬ ‫(‪َ )1‬م ِّي ْز ِ‬
‫‪ verbs:‬رباعي ‪ verbs from‬ثالثي ‪Separate‬‬

‫نام‪ ،‬ت َْر َج َم‪َ ،‬خ َر َج‪َ ،‬ه ْروَ َل‪َ ،‬ب ْعث ََر‪َ ،‬د َعا‪.‬‬
‫َح ِف َظ‪َ ،‬‬

‫يد ِفيما َيأ ِتي‪:‬‬ ‫الف ْع َل ال ُّثال ِث َّي ال ُم َج َّر َد ِم َن ِ‬

‫الف ْع ِل ال ُّثال ِث ِّي ال َم ِز ِ‬ ‫(‪َ )2‬م ِّي ْز ِ‬
‫‪ verbs:‬ثالثي مزيد ‪ verbs from‬ثالثي مجرد ‪Separate‬‬

‫َص َّد َق‪َ .‬ق َر َأ‪َ .‬ف َت َح‪َ .‬أ ْس َل َم‪ .‬ت ََق َّب َل‪َ .‬س ِم َع‪ِ .‬ا ْس َت ْق َب َل‪َ .‬كوَى‪ .‬وَ َق َ‬
‫ف‪ِ .‬ا ْش َت َرى‪.‬‬

‫واحد‪ ،‬وهو‬
‫ٌ‬ ‫ٌ‬
‫حرف‬ ‫باب ( َف َّع َل) زِ ْي َد فيه‬
‫زيد ُ‬ ‫الم ِ‬ ‫ِ‬
‫الثالث ِّي َ‬ ‫الفعل‬
‫ِ‬ ‫أبواب‬
‫ِ‬ ‫(‪ )2‬من‬ ‫ ‬
‫ف ْع َع َل)‪.‬‬ ‫ف َع َل‪َ .‬ف َّع َل = َ‬ ‫الم َك َّر َر ُة‪َ ( .‬ف َع َل = َ‬
‫الع ْي ُن ُ‬
‫َ‬

‫ص َد َر ِم َن األ ْف ِ‬
‫عال ا َّل ِتي‬ ‫ب ال ُمضارِ عَ ‪ ،‬واأل ْمرَ‪ ،‬وال َم ْ‬ ‫َتأ َّم ْل األ ْم ِث َل َة اآل ِت َي َة ِل ِ‬
‫باب ( َف َّع َل)‪ُ ،‬ث َّم ا ْك ُت ُ‬
‫َت ِليها‪:‬‬
‫‪ from each of the verbs given below:‬المضارع ‪ and‬االمر‪ ،‬المصدر ‪Form‬‬

‫المصدر‬ ‫األم ر‬ ‫ع‬

‫المضار ‬ ‫ي‬
‫الماض ‬ ‫ ‬

‫ت َْس ِل ْي ٌم*‬ ‫َس ِّل ْ م‬ ‫ُي َس ِّل ُم* *‬ ‫َس َّل َم‬
‫ ‬ ‫ ‬

‫ت َْق ِب ْي ٌل‬ ‫َق ِّب ْ ‬

‫ل‬ ‫ُي َق ِّب ُل ‬ ‫َق َّب َل‬
‫ ‬ ‫ ‬

‫………………‬ ‫…‬
‫…………… ‬ ‫…‬
‫…………… ‬ ‫َك َّب َر‬
‫ ‬ ‫ ‬
‫اس َّي ٌة‪.‬‬ ‫عال ُ‬
‫األ ْخ َرى َف ِق َي ِ‬ ‫أما َم ِ‬
‫صاد ُر األ ْف ِ‬ ‫الم َج َّر ِد َس َم ِ‬
‫اع َّي ٌة‪ّ .‬‬ ‫الفعل الث ِ‬
‫ُالث ِّي ُ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫*م ِ‬
‫صاد ُر‬ ‫َ‬
‫أحرف َم ْض ُم َ‬
‫وم ٌة‪.‬‬ ‫ٍ‬ ‫الم َك َّو َن ِة ِم ْن ْأربع ِة‬ ‫الم َضارِ َع ِة ِم َن األ ْف ِ‬
‫عال ُ‬ ‫ف ُ‬ ‫** أح ُر ُ‬
‫‪62‬‬
‫………………‬ ‫…‬
‫…………… ‬ ‫…‬
‫…………… ‬ ‫َع َّل َم‬
‫ ‬ ‫ ‬

‫………………‬ ‫…‬
‫…………… ‬ ‫…‬
‫…………… ‬ ‫ ‬ ‫َّ‬
‫وَض َح‬ ‫ ‬

‫………………‬ ‫…‬
‫…………… ‬ ‫…‬
‫…………… ‬ ‫وَ ز ََّع‬
‫ ‬ ‫ ‬

‫………………‬ ‫…‬
‫…………… ‬ ‫…‬
‫…………… ‬ ‫َس َّج َل‬
‫ ‬ ‫ ‬

‫ت َْه ِن َئ ٌة***‬ ‫…‬

‫…………… ‬ ‫…‬
‫…………… ‬ ‫َه َّن َأ‬
‫ ‬ ‫ ‬

‫ت َْسمِ َي ٌة***‬ ‫…‬

‫…………… ‬ ‫…‬
‫…………… ‬ ‫ ‬
‫َس َّمى‬ ‫ ‬

‫َح َّي ٌة (ت َْح ِي َي ٌة)‬

‫ت ِ‬ ‫…‬
‫…………… ‬ ‫…‬
‫…………… ‬ ‫ ‬
‫َح َّي‬ ‫ ‬

‫………………‬ ‫…‬
‫…………… ‬ ‫…‬
‫…………… ‬ ‫ ‬
‫َر َّبى‬ ‫ ‬

‫اعل)‪.‬‬ ‫الم َج َّر ِد َع َلى وَ ِ‬

‫زْن ( َف ِ‬ ‫اع ِل) ِم َن ال ِف ْع ِل الث ِ‬
‫ُّالث ِّي ُ‬ ‫(اس َم َ‬
‫الف ِ‬ ‫أن ْ‬ ‫َع َر ْف َت في َد ْر ٍس ِ‬
‫ساب ٍق َّ‬ ‫ ‬
‫يكون ِب َل ْف ِظ ُم َضارِ ِع ِه ِب ِإ ْب َد ِال‬
‫ُ‬ ‫الم َج َّر ِد‬ ‫غير الث ِ‬
‫ُّالث ِّي ُ‬ ‫الفاع ِل ِم َن ال ِف ْع ِل ِ‬
‫ِ‬ ‫اس َم‬ ‫واع َل ْم اآلن َّ‬
‫أن ْ‬ ‫ْ‬
‫‪-‬م َع ِّل ٌم‪.‬‬ ‫وك ْس ِر ما َق ْب َل ِ‬
‫آخره‪ ،‬نحوَ‪ُ :‬ي َع ِّل ُم ُ‬ ‫حرف المضارِ َع ِة ِم ْيم ًا مضموم ًة‪َ ،‬‬
‫ِ‬

‫اآلتية‪:‬‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ِ‬
‫األفعال‬ ‫ين من‬
‫الفاع ِل َ‬
‫ِ‬ ‫أسما َء‬ ‫(‪ِ )4‬‬
‫هات ْ‬
‫‪ from the verbs given below:‬اسم فاعل ‪Form‬‬

‫س………………‬
‫ُي َد ِّر ُ‬ ‫س ‬
‫َد َّر َ‬ ‫ُيؤ َِّذ ُن ………………‬
‫ ‬ ‫ أ َّذ َن ‬
‫َ‬

‫ُي َصو ُِّر ………………‬ ‫َص َّو َ ر‬ ‫ُي َس ِّج ُل …………… ‬

‫…‬ ‫َس َّج َ ‬
‫ل‬ ‫ ‬

‫ُي َد ِّخ ُن ………………‬ ‫َد َّخ َ ‬

‫ن‬ ‫…‬ ‫ُي َح ِّد ُ‬
‫ث …………… ‬ ‫َح َّد َ ‬
‫ث‬ ‫ ‬

‫زْن (ت َْف ِع َلة)‪.‬‬

‫ام َع َلى وَ ِ‬
‫والم ْه ُموزِ ال ّل ِ‬
‫ص َ‬ ‫الفعل ال ّنا ِق ِ‬
‫ِ‬ ‫باب َف َّع َل من‬
‫مصدر ِ‬
‫ُ‬ ‫***‬

‫‪63‬‬
‫الم َج َّر ِد َع َلى وَ ِ‬
‫زْن‬ ‫ول) ِم َن ال ِف ْع ِل الث ِ‬
‫ُالث ِّي ُ‬ ‫الم ْف ُع ِ‬
‫(اس َم َ‬
‫أن ْ‬ ‫َع َر ْف َت في َد ْر ٍس ِ‬
‫ساب ٍق َّ‬ ‫ ‬

‫يكون َع َلى‬
‫ُ‬ ‫الم َج َّر ِد‬ ‫غير الث ِ‬
‫ُّالث ِّي ُ‬ ‫الم ْف ُع ِ‬
‫ول ِم َن ال ِف ْع ِل ِ‬ ‫اس َم َ‬
‫اآلن أن ْ‬
‫َ‬ ‫اع َل ْم‬ ‫(م ْف ُع ٍ‬
‫ول)‪ .‬وَ ْ‬ ‫َ‬
‫اآلخ ِر‪ ،‬نحوَ‪ُ :‬ي َس َّج ُل‪ُ -‬م َس ِّج ٌل‪ُ -‬م َس َّج ٌل‪.‬‬
‫ِ‬ ‫فاع ِل ِه َم َع َف ْت ِح ما َق َ‬
‫بل‬ ‫اس ِم ِ‬ ‫وَ ِ‬
‫زْن ْ‬

‫ماء ال َم ْف ُعو ِل َ‬
‫ين‪:‬‬ ‫أس ِ‬‫اآلتية‪ ،‬ثم َح ِّو ْلها إلى ْ‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ين ِم َن األ ْف ِ‬
‫عال‬ ‫الفاع ِل َ‬
‫ِ‬ ‫أسما َء‬ ‫(‪ِ )5‬‬
‫هات ْ‬
‫اسم مفعول ‪ from the verbs given below and then turn them to‬اسم فاعل ‪Form‬‬

‫اسم المفعول‬ ‫ل‬

‫اسم الفاع ‬ ‫ع‬
‫المضار ‬ ‫ي‬
‫ الماض ‬

‫ُم َس َّج ٌل‬ ‫ُم َس ِّج ٌ ‬

‫ل‬ ‫ُي َس ِّج ُل ‬ ‫ َس َّج َ ‬
‫ل‬

‫………………‬ ‫…‬
‫…………… ‬ ‫…‬
‫…………… ‬ ‫ أ َّل َ‬
‫ف ‬ ‫َ‬

‫………………‬ ‫…‬
‫…………… ‬ ‫…‬
‫…………… ‬ ‫َّب ‬
‫ َرت َ ‬

‫………………‬ ‫…‬
‫…………… ‬ ‫…‬
‫…………… ‬ ‫ َس َّل َح ‬

‫………………‬ ‫…‬
‫…………… ‬ ‫…‬
‫…………… ‬ ‫ َع َّل َق‬
‫ ‬

‫………………‬ ‫…‬
‫…………… ‬ ‫…‬
‫…………… ‬ ‫ َج َّل َد‬
‫ ‬

‫………………‬ ‫…‬
‫…………… ‬ ‫…‬
‫…………… ‬ ‫ َلو ََّن‬
‫ ‬

‫………………‬ ‫…‬
‫…………… ‬ ‫…‬
‫…………… ‬ ‫ َح َّم َد ‬

‫الم َج َّر ِد‬ ‫والم َك ِان) ُيشْ َت َّق ِان ِم َن ال ِف ْع ِل الث ِ‬

‫ُّالث ِّي ُ‬ ‫(اس َم ِي الز ََّم ِان َ‬
‫أن ْ‬ ‫َع َر ْف َت في َد ْر ٍس ِ‬
‫ساب ٍق َّ‬ ‫ ‬

‫‪64‬‬
‫الم َج َّر ِد َع َلى وَ ِ‬
‫زْن‬ ‫غير الث ِ‬
‫ُّالث ِّي ُ‬ ‫واع َل ْم َ‬
‫اآلن أنّهما ُيشْ َت َّق ِان ِم ْن ِ‬ ‫(م ْف َع ٍل وَ َم ْف ِع ٍل)‪ْ .‬‬ ‫َع َلى وَ ِ‬
‫زْن َ‬
‫اس ِم َم ْف ُعو ِل ِه‪ ،‬نحوَ‪َ :‬ص َّلى ُي َص ِّلي‪ُ :‬م َص ًّلى أي مكان الصال ِة‪.‬‬
‫ْ‬

‫واس َم‬ ‫الماض َي‪ ،‬والمضارعَ ‪ ،‬واأل ْمرَ‪ ،‬وال َم ْ‬

‫ص َد َر‪ْ ،‬‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫وع ِّي ْن ِفيها‬ ‫(‪ )6‬تأ َّم ْل األ ْم ِث َل َة ِل ِ‬
‫باب ( َف َّع َل)‪َ ،‬‬

‫والمكان‪:‬‬
‫ِ‬ ‫الزمان‬
‫ِ‬ ‫واس َم ِي‬ ‫ِ‬
‫المفعول ْ‬ ‫واس َم‬
‫الفاع ِل‪ْ ،‬‬
‫ِ‬
‫‪َ occurring‬ف َّع َل ‪Read the examples and then point out all the derivatives of‬‬
‫‪in them:‬‬

‫الوقت‪ )3( .‬هذ ِه ُ‬

‫الك ُت ُب‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫ان‬
‫علي‪ ،‬فقد َح َ‬
‫للظ ْه ِر يا ُّ‬ ‫ُ‬
‫الطـفل ُأ َّمهُ‪َ )2( .‬أ ِّذ ْن ُّ‬ ‫(‪َ )1‬ق َّب َل‬ ‫ ‬

‫أع ْن َد َك ُصور ٌة ُم َل َّو َن ٌة ِل ْل َك ْع َب ِة ُ‬

‫المشَ َّر َف ِة؟ (‪ )5‬قال تعالى‪:‬‬ ‫اج‪ِ )4( .‬‬ ‫يع َع َلى ُ‬
‫الح َّج ِ‬ ‫ِلل َّت ْوزِ ِ‬

‫ان‪َ ،‬ع َّل َم ُه ا ْل َب َي َ‬

‫ان﴾‪ )6( .‬زا َر ِني َص ِد ِ‬
‫يقي‪َ ،‬ف َر َّح ْب ُت‬ ‫آن‪َ .‬خ َل َق ا ْل ِإ َ‬
‫نس َ‬ ‫﴿ال َّر ْح َم ٰـ ُن َع َّل َم ا ْل ُق ْر َ‬
‫ت ِلي‬ ‫َاه ِه ْم وَ ت َُك ِّل ُم َنا َأ ْي ِد ِ‬
‫يه ْم﴾‪ُ )8( .‬و ِل َد ْ‬ ‫ِب ِه‪ )7( .‬قال تعالى‪﴿ :‬ا ْل َي ْو َم ن َْخ ِت ُم َع َلٰى َأ ْفو ِ‬
‫اع إ َلى‬ ‫(المو ََّط َأ)؟ (‪ُ )10‬أ ِّج َل ا ِ‬
‫ال ْج ِت َم ُ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫ِب ْن ٌت‪ ،‬وَ َس َّم ْي ُتها َم ْر َي َم‪َ )9( .‬م ِن ا َّل ِذي َأ َّل َ‬
‫ف‬

‫سبب‬
‫ُ‬ ‫ين‬ ‫رجل عا ِق ٌل؟ َّ‬
‫إن ال َّت ْد ِخ َ‬ ‫ٌ‬ ‫وه ْل ُي َد ِّخ ُن‬
‫غير ُم َس ًّمى‪َ )11( .‬أت َُد ِّخ ُن؟‪-‬ال‪َ ،‬‬
‫َأ َج ٍل ِ‬
‫ُ‬
‫فجئت ِلل َّت ْه ِن َئ ِة‪ )13( .‬أ ْي َن‬ ‫كالس َر َط ِان‪َ )12( .‬ب َلغَ ِني َأن َ‬
‫َّك ُع ِّي ْن َت َس ِفير ًا‪،‬‬ ‫َّ‬ ‫أمراض َخ ِطير ٍة‬
‫ٍ‬
‫الم َن َّو َر ِة‪ )15( .‬هذا َدوَ ٌاء ُم َقوٍّ‪.‬‬
‫الم ِدين ِة ُ‬
‫إل ْسال ِم َّي ِة ِب َ‬ ‫الم َص َّلى؟ (‪َ )14‬أ ْد ُر ُ‬
‫س ِبالجا ِم َع ِة ا ِ‬ ‫ُ‬

‫ير ( َف َع َلة) نحوَ‪ :‬طا ِل ٌ‬

‫ب ‪َ /‬ط َل َب ٌة‪ :‬‬ ‫زان َج ْم ِع الت َّْك ِث ِ‬
‫(‪ِ )7‬م ْن أ ْو ِ‬

‫اآلتية َع َلى َهذا الو َْزن‪:‬‬

‫ِ‬ ‫ماء‬
‫األس ِ‬
‫جمع ْ‬
‫َ‬ ‫ِ‬
‫هات‬

‫‪65‬‬
‫‪َ :‬ف َع َلة ‪Give the plural of each of these words on the pattern of‬‬

‫فاسق‪ِ .‬‬
‫فاجر‪.‬‬ ‫كا ِفر‪ِ .‬‬

‫اآلتية َع َلى‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ماء‬
‫األس ِ‬
‫جمع ْ‬
‫َ‬ ‫(ف َع ٌل) نحوَ‪ُ :‬ن ْسخَ ٌة ‪ُ /‬ن َس ٌخ‪ِ .‬‬
‫هات‬ ‫ير ُ‬
‫جمع الت َّْك ِس ِ‬
‫ِ‬ ‫(‪ِ )8‬م ْن أ ْو ِ‬
‫زان‬
‫َهذا الو َْزن‪:‬‬
‫‪:‬ف َع ٌل ‪Give the plural of each of these nouns on the pattern of‬‬
‫ُ‬

‫ُصو َرة‪ُ .‬سو َرة‪ُ .‬غ ْر َفة‪ُ .‬أ َّمة‪َ .‬دوْ َلة‪.‬‬

‫اآلتية‬
‫ِ‬ ‫هات مصاد َر األ ْف ِ‬
‫عال‬ ‫َح)‪ .‬وهو َع َلى َو ْز ِن ( َف ْع ٍل)‪ِ .‬‬
‫َح َي ْشر ُ‬ ‫ْح) مصد ُر َ‬
‫(شر َ‬ ‫(‪َ )9‬‬
‫(شر ٌ‬
‫َع َلى َو ْز ِن ( َف ْع ٍل)‪:‬‬
‫‪َ :‬ف ْع ٌل ‪ from each of the following verbs on the pattern of‬مصدر ‪Form‬‬

‫المصدر‬ ‫ع‬
‫المضار ‬ ‫ي‬
‫الماض ‬ ‫المصد ر‬ ‫ع‬
‫المضار ‬ ‫ي‬
‫ الماض ‬

‫…………‬ ‫َي ْف َت ُ ‬
‫ح‬ ‫… َف َت َ ‬
‫ح‬ ‫……… ‬ ‫س‬
‫َي ْد ُر ُ ‬ ‫س‬
‫ َد َر َ ‬

‫…………‬ ‫َي ْأ ُم ُ ر‬ ‫………… َ‬

‫ أ َم َ ر‬ ‫َي ْض ِر ُ ‬
‫ب‬ ‫ َض َر َ ‬
‫ب‬

‫…………‬ ‫ى‬
‫َي ْن َه ‬ ‫ى‬
‫… ن ََه ‬
‫……… ‬ ‫َي ْق ُت ُ ‬
‫ل‬ ‫ َق َت َ ‬
‫ل‬

‫…………‬ ‫َي ْص ِب ُ ر‬ ‫… َص َب َ ر‬
‫……… ‬ ‫َي ْم َل ُ أ‬ ‫ َم َل َأ‬
‫ ‬

‫اآلتية‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ِ‬
‫األفعال‬ ‫ال)‪ِ .‬‬
‫هات مصاد َر‬ ‫يب)‪ ،‬وهُ َو َع َلى َو ْز ِن ِ‬
‫(ف َع ٍ‬ ‫اب َي ِغ ُ‬ ‫اب) مصد ُر َ‬
‫(غ َ‬ ‫(غ َي ٌ‬
‫(‪ِ )10‬‬
‫على َو ْز ِن ِ‬
‫(ف َع ٍ‬
‫ال) ‪:‬‬

‫‪66‬‬
 ٌ ‫ ِف َع‬:
Form ‫ مصدر‬from each of the verbs given below on the pattern of ‫ال‬

‫المصدر‬ ‫ع‬
‫المضار‬ ‫ي‬
‫الماض‬ ‫المصد ر‬ ‫ع‬
‫ي المضار‬
‫الماض‬

………… ‫وم‬
ُ ‫َي ُص‬ ‫ـام‬
َ ‫… َص‬
……… ُ ‫َي ُق‬
‫وم‬ َ ‫َق‬
‫ام‬

………… ‫َي ْل َق‬

‫ى‬ َ ‫… َل ِق‬
‫ي‬ ……… ‫وب‬
ُ ُ‫َيؤ‬ ‫آب‬
َ

………… ‫َيشْ ِف‬

‫ي‬ ‫… َش َف‬
‫ى‬ ……… ‫يس‬
ُ ‫َي ِق‬ َ ‫َق‬
‫اس‬

Write the plural of: ‫دكتور‬ ‫جمع ( ُد ْك ُتور)؟‬

ُ ‫) ما‬11(

Use ‫ يبدو‬in your sentence: .‫جملة‬

ٍ ‫) َأد ِْخ ْل ( َي ْب ُدو) في‬12(

Points to Remember

In this lesson we learn the following:

(1) We have already learnt that most Arabic verbs are made up of three letters which

َ ‫ َش ِر‬،‫س‬
are called radicals, e.g., ‫ب‬ َ A verb consisting of three radicals is called a
َ ‫ َج َل‬،‫ك َت َب‬.
ِ ‫)ال ِف ْع ُل الث‬.
thulâthî verb (‫ُّالثي‬

There are, however, certain verbs which consist of four radicals, e.g.,
َ ‫َه ْر‬
‫‘ ت َْر َج َم‬he translated’, ‫‘ َب ْس َم َل‬he said bismillahir-rahmânir-rahîm’, ‫وَل‬
‘he walked fast’.

ُّ ‫)ال ِف ْع ُل‬.
ِ ‫الر‬
A verb consisting of four radicals is called a rubâ‘î verb (‫باع ُّي‬

A verb in Arabic may be either mujarrad (‫ج َّر ُد‬

َ ‫)الم‬
ُ or mazîd (‫يد‬
ُ ‫)الم ِز‬.
َ

67
a) A mujarrad verb has only three letters if it is thulâthî, and only four letters if it is

rubâ‘î, and no extra letters have been added to them in order to modify the meaning,

e.g., ‫( َس ِل َم‬salima) ‘he was safe’, ‫( َز ْلز ََل‬zalzala) ‘he shook (it) violently.’

b) In a mazîd verb one or more letters have been added to the radicals in order to

modify the meaning., e.g.,

a thulâthî verb: from ‫( َس ِل َم‬salima):

‫ َس َّل َم‬sallama ‘he saved.’ Here the second radical has been doubled.

‫ َسا َل َم‬sâlama ‘he made peace.’ Here an alif has been added after the first radical.

‫ ت ََس َّل َم‬tasallama ‘he received’. Here a tâ’ has been added before the first radical, and the
second radical has been doubled.

‫ ? َأ ْس َل َم‬aslama1 ‘he became Muslim’. Here a hamzah has been added before the first
radical.

‫اس َت ْسـ َل َم‬

ْ istaslama ‘he surrendered’. Here three letters (hamzah, sîn and tâ’) have been
added before the first radical.

A rubâ‘î verb: from ‫ َز ْلز ََل‬zalzala:

‫ َت َز ْلز ََل‬tazalzala ‘it shook violently2’ Here a tâ’ has been added before the first radical.

Each of these modified forms is called a bâb (‫)الباب‬.

ُ

Abwâb of the mujarrad verb:

There are six groups of the mujarrad verb of which we have already learnt.

1
I use this sign (?) to represent the hamzah (‫ )ء‬at the beginning of a word because the sign (’) is too small.

2 ْ ‫ َف َتـ َز ْل َز َل‬،‫ض‬
e.g., ‫ت‬ ْ ‫‘ َز ْلز ََل الل ُه‬Allah shook the earth violently, and it shook.’
َ ‫األر‬

68
Each of these groups is also called bâb in Arabic, and its plural is abwâb (‫واب‬ َ ‫)ا‬. Here are
ُ ‫أل ْب‬
the six groups:

i) a-u group: ‫ج َد َي ْس ُج ُد‬

َ ‫( َس‬sajada ya-sjudu).

ii) a-i group: ‫س‬ َ ‫( َج َل‬jalasa ya-jlisu).

ُ ‫س َي ْج ِل‬

iii) a-a group: ‫( َف َت َح َي ْف َت ُح‬fataha ya-ftahu).

iv) i-a group: ‫( َف ِه َم َي ْف َه ُم‬fahima ya-fhamu).

َ ‫( َق ُر‬qaruba ya-qrubu) ‘to approach, come near.’

ُ ‫ب َي ْق ُر‬
v) u-u group: ‫ب‬

ُ ‫ث َي ِر‬
vi) i-i group: ‫ث‬ َ ِ‫( وَر‬waritha ya-rithu) ‘to inherit’.

(2) We have just been introduced to some of the abwâb of the mazîd verb. We will now

learn one of these abwâb in some detail. The bâb we are going to learn is bâb fa‘‘ala (‫باب‬
ُ
‫) َف َّع َل‬. In this bâb the second radical is doubled, e.g.,

َ ‫( َد َّر‬darrasa) ‘he taught’, ‫( َس َّج َل‬sajjala) ‘he recorded.’

‫( َق َّب َل‬qabbala) ‘he kissed’, ‫س‬

The mudâri‘ : Let us now learn the mudâri‘ of this bâb. As a rule the 1‫المضا َر َع ِة‬
ُ ‫ف‬ ُ ‫ َح ْر‬takes
dammah if the verb is composed of four letters. As the verb in this bâb is made up of four

letters, the ‫المضارِ َع ِة‬

ُ ‫ف‬ ُ ‫ َح ْر‬takes dammah. The first radical takes fathah, the second takes
sukûn, the third takes kasrah, and the fourth2 takes the case-ending, e.g.,

َ ‫( ُي‬yu-qabbil-u) – ‫ َس َّج َل‬:‫( ُي َس ِ ّج ُل‬yu-sajjil-u).

‫ َق َّب َل‬: ‫ـقـ ِ ّب ُل‬

The amr: The amr is formed by dropping the ‫المضا َر َع ِة‬

ُ ‫ف‬ ُ ‫ َح ْر‬and the case ending, e.g.,
ُ ‫ ت َُقـ ِ ّب‬:‫( َق ِ ّب ْل‬tu-qabbil-u : qabbil) ‘kiss!’ – ‫س‬
‫ـل‬ ُ ‫ ت َُد ِ ّر‬:‫س‬
ْ ‫( َد ِ ّر‬tu-darris-u : darris) ‘teach!’
1
We have already learnt that one of these four letters‫ ن‬،‫ أ‬،‫ ت‬،‫ ي‬is prefixed to the mudâri‘, e.g., ‫ نَك ُت ُب‬،‫ َأك ُت ُب‬،‫ ت َْك ُت ُب‬،‫ َيك ُت ُب‬.
These four letters are called ‫المضا َرع ِة‬ ُ
ُ ‫( ُح ُروف‬hurûf al-mudâra‘ati).
2
Because of the doubling of the second radical, the number of letters in this bâb is four. If the verb has four letters, the ‫ف‬ ُ ‫َح ْر‬
ُ has dammah; and if it has three, five or six letters, the ‫المضا َرع ِة‬
‫المضا َرع ِة‬ ُ
ُ ‫ َح ْرف‬has fathah.
69
The masdar : We have already been introduced to the masdar.

The thulâthî mujarrad verbs do not have any particular pattern

for the masdar. It comes on different patterns, e.g, ‫‘ َق َت َل‬he

killed’: ‫‘ َق ْت ٌل‬killing’ – ‫ب‬

َ ‫‘ َك َت‬he wrote, : ‫‘ ِكتا َب ٌة‬writing’ – ‫‘ َد َخ َل‬he
ٌ ‫‘ ُد ُخ‬entry’ – ‫ب‬
entered’: ‫ول‬ ٌ ‫‘ ُش ْر‬drinking.’
َ ‫‘ َش ِر‬he drank’ : ‫ب‬

But in mazîd verbs each bâb has its own pattern for masdar. The
ٌ ‫( ت َْف ِع‬taf‘îl-un), e.g., ‫ َق َّب َل‬: ‫يـل‬
masdar-pattern of bâb fa‘‘ala is ‫يـل‬ ٌ ‫( ت َْق ِـب‬taqbîl-
un), kissing – ‫ج َل‬ ٌ ‫( ت َْس ِج‬tasjîl-un) ‘recording’ – ‫س‬
َّ ‫ َس‬:‫يـل‬ ٌ ِ‫( ت َْدر‬tadrîs-
َ ‫ َد َّر‬:‫يس‬
un), ‘teaching.’

The masdar of a nâqis verb, and of a verb wherein the third radical is

hamzah, is on the pattern of ‫( ت َْف ِع َل ٌة‬taf‘ilat-un), e.g., ‫‘ َس َّمى‬he named’

: ‫َسمِ َي ٌة‬
ْ ‫( ت‬tasmiyat-un) ‘naming’ – ‫‘ َر َّبى‬he educated’ : ‫( ت َْر ِبـ َيـ ٌة‬tarbiyat-
un) ‘education’ – ‫‘ َهـ َّنـــ َأ‬he congratulated’ : ‫( ت َْهـ ِنـئـ ٌة‬tahni’at-un)

‘congratulation.’

The ism al-fâ‘il (‫الفاع ِل‬

ِ ‫)اسم‬
ُ : We have already learnt the formation of

ism al-fâ‘il from the thulâthî mujarrad. Here we learn its formation from

bâb fa‘‘ala. Its formed by replacing the ‫المضا َر َع ِة‬

ُ ‫ف‬ ُ ‫ َح ْر‬with mu-. As the
ism-al-fâ‘l is a noun it takes the tanwîn e.g.,

‫ ُي َس ِ ّج ُل‬: ‫( ُم َس ِ ّج ٌل‬yu-sajjil-u : mu-sajjil-un) ‘a tape-recorder’ –

ُ ‫ ُي َد ِ ّر‬: ‫س‬
‫س‬ ٌ ‫( ُم َد ِ ّر‬yu-darris-u : mu-darris-un) ‘a teacher’.

ِ ‫المفع‬
The ism al-maf‘ûl (‫ول‬ ُ ‫)اس ُم‬
ْ : In all the abwâb of the mazîd the ism al-maf‘ûl is just
like the ism al-fâ‘il except that the second radical takes fathah instead of kasrah, e.g., ‫ج ِ ّل ُد‬
َ ‫ُي‬

70
 َ ‫( ُم‬mujallid-un) ‘book-binder’, ‫ُم َج َّل ٌد‬
‘he binds (a book)’ : ‫ج ِ ّل ٌد‬

(mujallad-un) ‘bound’.

‫‘ ُي َح ِ ّم ُد‬he praises much’ : ‫( ُم َح ِ ّم ٌد‬muhammid-un) ‘one who

praises much’,

‫( َم َح َّم ٌد‬muhammad-un) ‘one who has been praised much’.

ِ ‫كان والز‬
The noun of place and time ‫َّمان‬ ِ ‫الم‬
َ ‫ ِا ْسما‬: in all the
abwâb of the mazîd the noun of place and time is the same as the ism al-maf‘ûl, e.g.,

‫‘ ُي َص ِ ّلي‬he prays’: ‫( ُم َص ًّلى‬musalla-n) ‘place of prayer.’

(3) We have already learnt certain patterns of the broken plural. Here we learn two more:

a) ‫( َف َع َل ٌة‬fâ‘alat-un), e.g., ‫‘ َط َلـ َبـ ٌة‬students’ plural of ‫ب‬

ٌ ‫طا ِل‬.

b) ‫( ُف َع ٌل‬fu‘al-un), e.g., ‫ُس ٌخ‬

َ ‫‘ ن‬copies’ plural of ‫ن ُْس َخ ٌة‬.

(4) Here we learn two more patterns of the masdar from the thulâthî mujarrad:

ٌ ‫ـع‬
a) ‫ـل‬ ْ ‫( َف‬fa‘l-un), e.g., ‫( َش ْر ٌح‬sharh-un) masdar of ‫‘ َش َر َح َيشْ َر ُح‬to explain’.
ٌ ‫( ِف َع‬fi‘âl-un), e.g., ‫اب‬
b) ‫ال‬ ٌ ‫( ِغ َي‬ghiyâb-un) masdar of ‫يب‬ َ ‫‘ َغ‬to be absent.’
ُ ‫اب َي ِغ‬

71
 ‫‪Lesson‬‬

‫الس ِاد ُ‬
‫س‬ ‫س َّ‬‫الـ َّد ْر ُ‬
‫‪6‬‬
‫وان؟‬
‫إخ ُ‬ ‫س ‪َ :‬ك ْي َ‬
‫ف َأ ْص َب ْح ُت ْم يا ْ‬ ‫الم َد ِّر ُ ‬
‫ُ‬

‫أس ُ‬
‫تاذ؟‬ ‫أص َب ْح َت أن َ‬
‫ْت يا ْ‬ ‫ف ْ‬ ‫والحمد ِل َّله‪َ .‬‬
‫وك ْي َ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫أص َب ْحنا ِب َخ ْي ٍر‪،‬‬
‫‪ْ :‬‬ ‫َّ‬
‫الط َل َبُ ة‬

‫إدريس فال حاج َة‬

‫ُ‬ ‫وأش ُك ُر ُه … َأ ْط ِف ِئ ا َ‬
‫ألنْوا َر يا‬ ‫س ‪ِ :‬ب َخ ْي ٍر‪َ ،‬أ ْح َم ُد ُه ْ‬
‫الم َد ِّر ُ ‬
‫ُ‬
‫يعقوب‪.‬‬
‫ُ‬ ‫اآلن… َأ ْع ِط ِني وَ َر َق َة ال ِغ ِ‬
‫ياب يا‬ ‫إليها َ‬

‫ٍ‬
‫شديد‪.‬‬ ‫اب ب ِإ ْس َه ٍال‬
‫اليوم فإ َّن ُه ُم َص ٌ‬
‫َ‬ ‫عثمان‬
‫ُ‬ ‫هـاهي ذي‪ .‬لم َي ْح ُض ْر‬
‫يعقوب ‪ِ :‬‬
‫ُ ‬

‫اآلن‬
‫يدها َ‬ ‫أسما ِء الغا ِئ ِبين) َأ ْع ِطها ُ‬
‫المرا ِق َب فإ َّن ُه ُي ِر ُ‬ ‫تسجيل ْ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫(بعد‬
‫َ‬ ‫س ‪َ :‬شفاه ال َّلهُ‪.‬‬
‫الم َد ِّر ُ ‬
‫ُ‬
‫المشْ ِر ِف َع َلى ال َّن ِ‬
‫شاط‬ ‫إن َي ُك ْن َم ْك َت ُب ُه ُمغْ َلق ًا َف َس َت ِج ْد ُه ِفي َم ْك َت ِب ُ‬
‫ِأم ٍر َما‪ْ .‬‬ ‫ل ْ‬
‫الث ََّق ِاف ِّي‪.‬‬

‫ف َل َدي ِه)‪.‬‬
‫شاب‪ ،‬و َي ِق ُ‬
‫ٌّ‬ ‫الباب‬
‫َ‬ ‫يفتح‬
‫ُ‬ ‫وبعد ُه َن ْي َه ٍة‬
‫َ‬ ‫يعقوب‪،‬‬
‫ُ‬ ‫( َي ْخ ُر ُج‬ ‫ ‬

‫الشيخ؟‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ول يا فضلي َة‬ ‫ب ‪( :‬بعد ال َّت ِح َّي ِة) أت َْس َم ُح ِلي ِب ُّ‬
‫الد ُخ ِ‬ ‫الشا ‬

‫الباب‪ .‬يبدو أن َ‬
‫َّك طا ِل ٌب‬ ‫َ‬ ‫اد ُخ ْل و َأ ْغ ِل ِق‬
‫ومر َحب ًا‪ْ .‬‬
‫ال ْ‬‫وس ْه ً‬ ‫أه ً‬
‫ال َ‬ ‫س ‪( :‬بعد َردِّ التح ّي ِة) ْ‬
‫الم َد ِّر ُ ‬
‫ُ‬
‫ْت؟‬ ‫اس ُم َك؟ ِ‬
‫وم ْن أ ْي َن أن َ‬ ‫جديد‪ .‬ما ْ‬
‫ٌ‬

‫اس ِمي ُم َح َّم ُد ْب ُن ِو ْل َي َم‪ ،‬وأنا ِم ْن َك َ‬

‫ندا‪.‬‬ ‫ب ‪ْ :‬‬
‫الشا ‬

‫الم أن َ‬
‫ْت؟‬ ‫إل ْس ِ‬
‫عهد ِبا ِ‬ ‫ُ‬
‫أحديث ٍ‬ ‫س ‪:‬‬
‫الم َد ِّر ُ ‬
‫ُ‬

‫‪72‬‬
 ‫‪ :‬ن ََع ْم‪.‬‬ ‫ُم َح َّم ٌ د‬

‫الم … َم َتى َأ ْس َل ْم َت يا ِ‬
‫أخي الكريم؟‬ ‫إس ِ‬‫الح ْم ُد ِل َّل ِه ا َّل ِذي َهدانا ِل ْل ْ‬
‫س ‪َ :‬‬
‫الم َد ِّر ُ ‬
‫ُ‬

‫أس َل ْم ُت َ‬
‫عام ‪.1981‬‬ ‫‪ْ :‬‬ ‫ُم َح َّم ٌ د‬

‫س ‪َ :‬أ َأ ْس َل َم َأ َب َ‬
‫واك؟‬ ‫الم َد ِّر ُ ‬
‫ُ‬

‫والح ْم ُد ل َّل ِه‪.‬‬

‫َ‬ ‫مت‬ ‫لما ُي ْس ِل ْم أبِ ي‪َ .‬هدا ُه ال َّلهُ‪ّ .‬‬
‫أما ُأ ِّمي ف َأ ْس َل ْ‬ ‫‪ّ :‬‬ ‫ُم َح َّم ٌ د‬

‫ُ‬
‫يعمل أ ُب َ‬
‫وك؟‬ ‫س ‪ :‬ماذا‬
‫الم َد ِّر ُ ‬
‫ُ‬

‫المدير‪.‬‬
‫ِ‬ ‫خطاب‬
‫َ‬ ‫‪ :‬هو ُم ِد ْي ُر ُم ْت َح ٍف … ها َء‬ ‫ُم َح َّم ٌ د‬

‫المدير ُي ْث ِني عليك كثير ًا‪.‬‬

‫َ‬ ‫الخطاب)‪ ،‬إن‬
‫َ‬ ‫س ‪( :‬يقرأ‬
‫الم َد ِّر ُ ‬
‫ُ‬

‫‪ :‬جزا ُه ال َّل ُه خير ًا‪.‬‬ ‫ُم َح َّم ٌ د‬

‫ُ‬
‫الجميل ا َّل ِذي ِب َي ِد َك؟‬ ‫س ‪ِ :‬م ْن أ ْي َن َل َك َهذا ُ‬
‫الم ْص َح ُ‬
‫ف‬ ‫الم َد ِّر ُ ‬
‫ُ‬

‫اعطا ِني ِه المدي ُر‬

‫‪ْ :‬‬ ‫ُم َح َّم ٌ د‬

‫َ‬
‫وجدت الجامع َة‬ ‫َ‬
‫كيف‬ ‫س ‪ :‬وال َّل ِه َل َق ْد ُس ِر ْر ُ‬
‫ت كثير ًا ِب ِل َقا ِئ َك‪ ،‬وإ ِّني ُم ْع َج ٌب ِب َك …‬ ‫الم َد ِّر ُ ‬
‫ُ‬
‫اإلسالمي َة؟‬

‫األرض‬
‫ِ‬ ‫المسلمين من َمشَ ارِ ِق‬
‫َ‬ ‫أبناء‬
‫س فيها ُ‬
‫يدر ُ‬ ‫‪َ :‬أ ْع َج َب ْت ِني كثير ًا‪ .‬إنها جامع ٌة َف ِر َ‬
‫يد ٌة ُ‬ ‫ُم َح َّم ٌ د‬
‫ومغَ ارِ ِبها‪.‬‬
‫َ‬

‫ ( َي ْك ُت ُب المد ِّر ُ‬
‫س آ َي َت ْي ِن َع َلى َّ‬
‫الس ُّبو َر ِة)‬

‫هارون‪.‬‬
‫ُ‬ ‫س ‪ :‬ا ْق َر ْأ اآل َي َت ْي ِن يا‬
‫الم َد ِّر ُ ‬
‫ُ‬

‫‪73‬‬
 ‫ون َأن ُي ْط ِف ُئوا نُو َر ال َّلـ ِه ِب َأ ْفو ِ‬
‫َاه ِه ْم وَ َي ْأ َبى ال َّلـ ُه‬ ‫يد َ‬ ‫االس ِت َ‬
‫عاذ ِة والبسمل ِة) ﴿ ُي ِر ُ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫(بعد‬
‫َ‬ ‫‪:‬‬ ‫هارون‬
‫ُ ‬
‫ِإ َّلا َأن ُي ِت َّم نُو َر ُه وَ َل ْو َك ِر َه ا ْل َكا ِف ُر َ‬
‫ون‪ُ .‬ه َو ا َّل ِذي َأ ْر َس َل َر ُسو َل ُه ِبا ْل ُه َدٰى وَ ِد ِ‬
‫ين ا ْل َح ِّق‬
‫ين ُك ِّل ِه وَ َل ْو َك ِر َه ا ْل ُمشْ ِر ُك َ‬
‫ون﴾‪( .‬التوبة ‪)33،32‬‬ ‫ِل ُي ْظ ِه َر ُه َع َلى ِّ‬
‫الد ِ‬

‫يريد‬
‫ُ‬ ‫ُ‬
‫إليك ْم‪ .‬ماذا‬ ‫َج َه ِة‬ ‫األس ِئ َل ِة ُ‬
‫المو َّ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫س ‪َ :‬ف ِّك ُروا في هات َْي ِن اآل َي َت ْي ِن‪ ،‬ثم َأ ِج ْي ُبوا عن‬
‫الم َد ِّر ُ ‬
‫ُ‬
‫إدريس؟‬
‫ُ‬ ‫ُ‬
‫الك َّف ُار يا‬

‫يريدون ِإ ْط َفا َء نُورِ ال َّل ِه‪.‬‬

‫َ‬ ‫إدريس ‪:‬‬
‫ُ ‬

‫علي؟‬ ‫س ‪َ :‬أ ُي ِ‬
‫مك ُن هذا يا ُّ‬ ‫الم َد ِّر ُ ‬
‫ُ‬

‫لهذا ُم ْس َت ِح ْي ٌل‪.‬‬
‫‪ :‬ال‪َ ،‬‬ ‫َع ِل ٌّ ‬
‫ي‬

‫يونس؟‬
‫ُ‬ ‫يريد ال َّل ُه يا‬
‫س ‪ :‬وماذا ُ‬
‫الم َد ِّر ُ ‬
‫ُ‬

‫ام نُورِ ِه‪.‬‬

‫يريد ِإت َْم َ‬
‫‪ُ :‬‬ ‫يونس‬
‫ُ ‬

‫الم ْع َنى يا ُش ِع ْي ُب؟‬ ‫س ‪ :‬أت َْذ ُك ُر آ َي ًة ْ‬

‫أخ َرى ِفي َهذا َ‬ ‫الم َد ِّر ُ ‬
‫ُ‬

‫ف‪﴿ :‬وَ ال َّلـ ُه ُم ِت ُّم نُورِ ِه وَ َل ْو َك ِر َه ا ْل َكا ِف ُر َ‬

‫ون﴾‪.‬‬ ‫الص ّ‬
‫شعيب ‪ :‬ن ََع ْم‪ .‬قال تعالى في سورة َّ‬
‫ٌ ‬

‫محمد؟‬
‫ُ‬ ‫س ‪ِ :‬ب َم َأ ْر َس َل ال َّل ُه رسو َل ُه يا‬
‫الم َد ِّر ُ ‬
‫ُ‬

‫الح ِّق‪.‬‬
‫ين َ‬‫ود ِ‬ ‫‪ْ :‬أر َس َل ُه ِب ُ‬
‫اله َدى ِ‬ ‫محم د‬

‫ ( َي ْد ُخ ُل ِإ ْس ُ‬
‫حق)‬

‫أن َي ْن َتهِ َي؟‬

‫س ْ‬ ‫اآلن ت َِأتي و َق ْد أوْ َش َك َّ‬
‫الد ْر ُ‬ ‫س ‪َ :‬‬‫الم َد ِّر ُ ‬
‫ُ‬

‫إل ْر َس ِال َب ْر ِق َّي ٍة‪َ .‬ف َق ْد وَ َص َل ِ‬

‫أخي البارِ َح َة‪،‬‬ ‫ذهبت إلى َم ْك َت ِب ال َب ِر ِ‬
‫يد ِ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫ُ‬
‫أستاذ‪.‬‬ ‫‪َ :‬م ْع ِذ َر ًة يا‬ ‫ُ ‬
‫إسحق‬

‫‪74‬‬
 ‫ُوصو ِل ِه‪.‬‬ ‫ف َأ ْر َس ْل ُت َب ْر ِق َّي ًة إ َلى أبِ ي ُأ ْخ ِب ُر ُه ِفيها ِب َس َ‬
‫الم ِة ُ‬

‫س ‪ :‬ال َب ْأ َ‬
‫س‪.‬‬ ‫الم َد ِّر ُ ‬
‫ُ‬

‫‪Answer the following questions:‬‬ ‫(‪َ )1‬أ ِج ْب َع ِن ا َأل ْس ِئ َل ِة اآل ِت َي ِة‪ :‬‬

‫(‪ِ )1‬ل َم َل ْم َي ْح ُض ْر ُعث ُ‬

‫ْمان؟‬ ‫ ‬

‫أس َل َم ُم َح َّم ٌد؟‬

‫(‪َ )2‬م َتى ْ‬ ‫ ‬

‫إس َح ُق؟‬ ‫(‪ِ )3‬ل َم ت َّ‬

‫َأخ َر ْ‬ ‫ ‬

‫ت في أ َّو ِل ِه الهمز ُة‪َ .‬تأ َّم ْل‬ ‫يد باب ( َأ ْف َع َل) زِ َ‬

‫يد ْ‬ ‫الف ْع ِل ال ُّثال ِث ِّي ال َم ِز ِ‬ ‫(‪ِ )2‬م ْن أ ْب ِ‬
‫واب ِ‬
‫عال ا ُّل ِتي َت ِليهِ ما‪:‬‬ ‫باب ( َأ ْف َع َل)‪ ،‬ثم ِ‬
‫هات المضارِ عَ والمصد َر ِم َن األ ْف ِ‬ ‫المثا َل ْي ِن ِل ِ‬
‫ِ‬
‫‪ form the verbs given below:‬مصدر ‪ and‬مضارع ‪Form‬‬

‫المصدر‬ ‫المضارع ‬ ‫الماضي ‬

‫ إ ْر َس ٌ‬
‫ال‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ُي ْر ِس ُل‬ ‫ أ ْر َس َل ‬
‫َ‬

‫ إ ْس َ‬
‫ال ٌم‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ُي ْس ِل ُم‬ ‫ أ ْس َل َم ‬
‫َ‬

‫……………‬ ‫…………… ‬ ‫ أ ْغ َل َق ‬
‫َ‬

‫……………‬ ‫…………… ‬ ‫َ‬

‫ أ ْخ َب َر ‬

‫……………‬ ‫…………… ‬ ‫ أ ْط َف َأ ‬
‫َ‬

‫ إ َجا َب ٌة (أصله‪ِ :‬إ ْج ٌ‬

‫واب)‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫جيب‬
‫ُي ُ‬ ‫اب ‬ ‫َ‬
‫ أ َج َ‬
‫‪75‬‬
 ‫……………‬ ‫…………… ‬ ‫ ‬
‫ام‬ ‫َ‬
‫ أ َق َ‬

‫ام‬
‫ إت َْم ٌ‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ُي ِت ُّم‬ ‫ ‬ ‫َ‬
‫ أت ََّم‬

‫……………‬ ‫…………… ‬ ‫ ‬ ‫َ‬

‫ أ َع َّد‬

‫اء (أصله‪ِ :‬إ ْل َق ٌ‬

‫اي)‬ ‫ إ ْل َق ٌ‬
‫ِ‬ ‫……………‬ ‫ أ ْل َقى ‬
‫َ‬

‫ان)‬
‫ان (أصله‪ِ :‬إ ْئ َم ٌ‬
‫يم ٌ‬
‫ إ َ‬
‫ِ‬ ‫آم َن (أصله‪َ :‬أ ْأ َم َن) ……………‬
‫َ‬ ‫ ‬

‫اب (أصله‪ِ :‬إوْ َج ٌ‬

‫اب)‬ ‫ إ ْي َج ٌ‬
‫ِ‬ ‫……………‬ ‫َ‬
‫ أوْ َج َب ‬

‫اآلتية‪:‬‬
‫ِ‬ ‫باب ( َأ ْف َع َل)‪ُ ،‬ث َّم ُ‬
‫ص ْغ األ ْم َر ِم َن األ ْف ِ‬
‫عال‬ ‫(‪ )3‬تأ َّم ْل طري َق َة َ‬
‫صو ِْغ ا َأل ْم ِر ِم ْن ِ‬

‫األص ِل ّي ِة‪.‬‬ ‫الص َ‬

‫يغ ِة ْ‬ ‫صاغ األ ْمرُ ِم ْن ِّ‬ ‫أص ُل ُه ( ُي َأ ْر ِس ُل) ُح ِذ َف ْ‬
‫ت ِم ْن ُه الهمز ُة‪ .‬و ُي ُ‬ ‫( ُير ِْس ُل) ْ‬
‫‪ from the verbs given below:‬األمر ‪Form‬‬

‫ُت َأ ْر ِس ْل ← َأ ْر ِس ْل‬ ‫أص ُلهُ‪ُ :‬ت َأ ْر ِس ُل ‬

‫ْ‬ ‫ت ُْر ِس ُل ‬ ‫ ‬

‫……………………‬ ‫………………… ‬ ‫ُتغْ ِل ُق ‬ ‫ ‬

‫……………………‬ ‫………………… ‬ ‫ت ُْس ِل ُم ‬ ‫ ‬

‫…………………… ( َأ ِع َّد)‬ ‫………………… ‬ ‫ت ُِع ُّد ‬ ‫ ‬

‫……………………‬ ‫………………… ‬ ‫ُت ْؤ ِم ُن ‬ ‫ ‬

‫……………………‬ ‫………………… ‬ ‫ت ُِج ُ‬

‫يب ‬ ‫ ‬

‫‪76‬‬
 ‫ية‪:‬‬ ‫الفاع ِل ِم َن األ ْف ِ‬
‫عال اآل ِت ِ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ص ْغ ْ‬
‫اس َم‬ ‫(‪ُ )4‬‬
‫‪ from the verbs given below:‬اسم الفاعل ‪Form‬‬

‫اسم الفاعل‬ ‫المضارع ‬ ‫الماضي ‬ ‫اسم الفاعل ‬ ‫الماضي المضارع ‬ ‫ ‬

‫‪.............‬‬ ‫ُي ْح ِر ُم ‬ ‫َ‬

‫ أ ْح َر َم ‬‫‪............‬‬ ‫ُي ْس ِل ُم ‬ ‫ أ ْس َل َم‬
‫َ‬

‫‪.............‬‬ ‫ُي ْم ِك ُن ‬ ‫ أ ْم َك َن ‬
‫َ‬ ‫‪............‬‬ ‫ُي ْر ِس ُل ‬ ‫ أ ْر َس َل‬
‫َ‬

‫‪.............‬‬ ‫ُي ِت ُّم ‬ ‫َ‬

‫ أت ََّم ‬‫‪............‬‬ ‫ُيؤ ِْم ُن ‬ ‫آم َن‬
‫َ‬ ‫ ‬

‫‪.............‬‬ ‫ُي ْل ِقي ‬ ‫ أ ْل َقى ‬

‫َ‬ ‫‪............‬‬ ‫ُي ِدي ُر ‬ ‫َ‬
‫ أ َدا َر ‬

‫ول ِم ْن ُك ِّل ِ‬
‫واح ٍد ِم ْنها‪:‬‬ ‫اس َم ال َم ْف ُع ِ‬
‫ص ْغ ْ‬
‫ول‪ُ ،‬‬ ‫(‪ِ )5‬ا ْب ِن األ ْف َ‬
‫عال اآلتي َة ِل ْل َم ْج ُه ِ‬
‫‪ from the verbs given below:‬اسم المفعول ‪Form‬‬

‫المضارع اسم المفعول‬ ‫الماضي ‬ ‫اسم المفعول ‬ ‫الماضي المضارع ‬ ‫ ‬

‫‪............‬‬ ‫ُي ْك ِر ُه ‬ ‫ أ ْك َر َه ‬
‫َ‬ ‫‪..............‬‬ ‫ُيغْ ِل ُق ‬ ‫ أ ْغ َل َق ‬
‫َ‬

‫‪............‬‬ ‫ُي ْع ِج ُب ‬ ‫َ‬

‫ أ ْع َج ُب ‬‫‪..............‬‬ ‫ب ‬
‫ُي ْع ِر ُ‬ ‫ب ‬ ‫َ‬
‫ أ ْع َر َ‬

‫‪............‬‬ ‫يب ‬
‫ص ُ‬‫ُي ِ‬ ‫اب ‬ ‫َ‬
‫ أ َص َ‬‫‪..............‬‬ ‫ُي ِع ُّد ‬ ‫َ‬
‫ أ َع َّد ‬

‫واس َم‬
‫ْ‬ ‫وع ِّي ْن ِفيها الماضي‪ ،‬والمضارعَ ‪ ،‬واأل ْمرَ‪،‬‬ ‫(‪ )6‬تأ َّم ْل األمثل َة ِل ِ‬
‫باب ( َأ ْف َعل)‪َ ،‬‬
‫واسمي المكان والزمان‪:‬‬ ‫ِ‬
‫المفعول‪ ،‬والمصد َر‪ْ ،‬‬ ‫واس َم‬
‫الفاع ِل‪ْ ،‬‬
‫ِ‬
‫‪َ , and their various derivatives in‬أ ْف َع َل ‪Point out the verbs belonging to bâb‬‬
‫‪the following sentences:‬‬
‫‪77‬‬
 ‫الباب‪ ،‬وال ُتغْ ِل ِق ال َّنوا ِف َذ‪َ )2( .‬أ ْط ِفئ األنوا َر‬
‫َ‬ ‫(‪َ )1‬أ ْغ ِل ِق‬ ‫ ‬

‫وع ْنوا ُن ُه‬

‫الم ْر َس ِل إلي ِه ُ‬ ‫غالق الغرف ِة‪ُ )3( .‬ي ْك َت ُب ْ‬
‫اس ُم ُ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫َ‬
‫قبل ِإ‬

‫وع ْنوا ُن ُه‬

‫الم ْر ِس ِل ُ‬
‫واس ُم ُ‬ ‫أل ْي َم ِن من َّ‬
‫الظ ْر ِف‪ْ ،‬‬ ‫الجانب ا َ‬
‫ِ‬ ‫في‬

‫ِ‬
‫ترك‬ ‫أل ْي َس ِر‪َ )4( .‬أ ْك َر َه ِني َع ِّمى على‬
‫الجانب ا َ‬
‫ِ‬ ‫في‬

‫ُ‬
‫وجدت‬ ‫الم ْك َر ِه‪)6( .‬‬
‫نكاح ُ‬
‫ُ‬ ‫الدراس ِة‪ )5( .‬ال يجوزُ‬
‫ّ‬

‫المضارع‬
‫ُ‬ ‫ُ‬
‫الفعل‬ ‫القلم ُم ْل ًقى في ِف َنا ِء َ‬
‫الم ْع َه ِد‪)7( .‬‬ ‫َ‬
‫األم ِر َم ْب ِن ّي ِان‪ )8( .‬أنا‬
‫ْ‬ ‫ُ‬
‫وفعل‬ ‫ُ‬
‫والفعل الماضي‬ ‫ب‪،‬‬
‫ُم ْع َر ٌ‬

‫الم ْح ِر ُم إزار ًا وَ رِ َدا ًء‪.‬‬

‫س ُ‬ ‫ٍ‬
‫شديد‪َ )9( .‬يل َب ُ‬ ‫اب ِب ِإ ْم َس ٍ‬
‫اك‬ ‫ُم َص ٌ‬

‫المـ ْج َت ِه ِد (‪ )11‬قال تعالى‪:‬‬ ‫(‪ )10‬أنا ُم ْع َج ٌب بهـذا ّ‬

‫الـطا ِل ِب ُ‬
‫آم َن ِبال َّلـ ِه وَ ا ْل َي ْو ِم ا ْل ِ‬
‫آخ ِر وَ َأ َق َ‬
‫ام‬ ‫اج َد ال َّلـ ِه َم ْن َ‬
‫﴿ ِإن ََّما َي ْع ُم ُر َم َس ِ‬

‫الص َلا َة وَ آتَى الز ََّكا َة وَ َل ْم َي ْخ َ‬

‫ش ِإ َّلا ال َّلـ َه﴾(التـوبة ‪.)18‬‬ ‫َّ‬

‫الد ْن َيا َح َس َن ًة وَ ِفي ا ْل ِ‬

‫آخ َر ِة َح َس َن ًة‬ ‫(‪َ ﴿ )12‬ر َّب َنا آ ِت َنا ِفي ُّ‬

‫وَ ِق َنا َع َذ َ‬
‫اب ال َّنارِ ﴾ (البقرة ‪ )13( .)201‬أنا من‬
‫ُ‬
‫نسأل‬ ‫اآلن في ألمانيا‪)14( .‬‬
‫َ‬ ‫اليابان‪ ،‬ولك ّني ُأ ِق ُ‬
‫يم‬

‫قامنا‪.‬‬ ‫َ‬
‫يجعل الج َّن َة ُم َ‬ ‫الله تعالى أن‬

‫باب َأ ْف َع َل ُ‬
‫وم ْش َت ّقا ِتها‪:‬‬ ‫رس أ ْف َ‬
‫عال ِ‬ ‫اس َت ْخ ِر ْج من ّ‬
‫الد ِ‬ ‫(‪ْ )7‬‬
‫‪َ and their derivatives occurring in‬ا ْف َع َل ‪Point out the verbs belonging to bâb‬‬
‫‪the main lesson:‬‬

‫‪78‬‬
 ‫حــــامداً ِكتابــــ ًا‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ص ُب ( َأ ْع َطى) َم ْف ُعو َل ْي ِن‪َ :‬أ ْع َط ْي ُت‬
‫َي ْن ِ‬

‫المفعول األول المفعول الثاني‬ ‫ ‬

‫المــدي ُر‬ ‫أعطا ِني ِه‬

‫ْ‬ ‫الـكتاب؟‬
‫َ‬ ‫أعطـاك‬
‫ْ‬ ‫َم ْن‬

‫المفعول األول المفعول الثاني‬ ‫المفعول األول المفعول الثاني‬ ‫ ‬

‫اآلتية على ِغرارِ ِه‪ ،‬و َع ِّي ْن ال َم ْف ُعو َل ْي ِن‪:‬‬

‫ِ‬ ‫األس ِئ َل ِة‬
‫ب َع ِن ْ‬
‫أج ْ‬ ‫َ‬
‫المثال‪ ،‬ثم ِ‬ ‫(‪ )8‬تأ َّم ْل‬
‫‪ as shown‬مفعول ‪Answer the following questions using pronouns as the two‬‬
‫‪in the example:‬‬

‫َ‬
‫ أ ْعطا ِني ِه أبي‪(.‬أبي)‬‫الكتاب؟‬
‫َ‬ ‫أع َ‬
‫طاك‬ ‫(‪ )1‬من ْ‬ ‫ ‬

‫………………… (خالي)‬ ‫أع َ‬

‫طاك الساع َة؟ ‬ ‫(‪َ )2‬م ْن ْ‬ ‫ ‬

‫………………… (أمي)‬ ‫القلم؟ ‬

‫َ‬ ‫أع َ‬
‫طاك هذا‬ ‫(‪َ )3‬م ْن ْ‬ ‫ ‬

‫………………… (المدير)‬ ‫أع ُ‬

‫طاك ْم الك ُت َب؟ ‬ ‫(‪َ )4‬م ْن ْ‬ ‫ ‬

‫………………… (أنت)‬ ‫الدفتر؟ ‬

‫َ‬ ‫أع َ‬
‫طاك‬ ‫(‪َ )5‬م ْن ْ‬ ‫ ‬

‫؟ ………………… (زميلي)‬
‫والدفتر ‬
‫َ‬ ‫الكتاب‬
‫َ‬ ‫أع َ‬
‫طاك‬ ‫(‪َ )6‬م ْن ْ‬ ‫ ‬

‫(‪ )9‬تأ َّم ْل األ ْم ِث َل َة اآلتي َة لـ ( َو َلوْ)‪:‬‬

‫‪ in the following examples:‬وَ َلو ‪Notice the use of‬‬

‫تشتر هذه السيار َة‬

‫ِ‬ ‫(‪﴿ )1‬وَ ال َّلـ ُه ُم ِت ُّم نُورِ ِه وَ َل ْو َك ِر َه ا ْل َكا ِف ُر َ‬
‫ون﴾‪ )2( .‬ال‬
‫حان ولو‬ ‫وش ْك ُلها‪ ،‬فإنها قديم ٌة‪ُ )3( .‬ا ْح ُض ِر ْ‬
‫االم ِت َ‬ ‫ولو َأ ْع َج َب َك َل ْونُها َ‬
‫‪79‬‬
 ‫َ‬
‫البيت ولو‬ ‫المعجم ولو كان غا ِلي ًا‪َ )5( .‬ل ْن َأ ْس ُك َن هذا‬
‫َ‬ ‫اشتر هذا‬
‫ِ‬ ‫كنت مريض ًا‪)4( .‬‬
‫َ‬
‫َأ ْع َط ْي َت ِني ِه َم َّجا ًنا‪.‬‬

‫الج ْم َل ِة‪ .‬وفي ال َّت ْن ِز ْي ِل‪:‬‬

‫ون ُ‬‫ض ُم ِ‬ ‫(‪( )10‬ل َهذا ُم ْس َت ِح ْي ٌل)‪ .‬هذه ال ُم ا ِال ْب ِت َد ِاء‪ ،‬و ُت ِف ْي ُد َتو ِْك َ‬
‫يد َم ْ‬

‫‪ in the following sentences:‬الم االبتداء ‪Notice the use of‬‬

‫آخ َر ِة َأ ْك َب ُر﴾ (النحل ‪)41‬‬

‫(‪﴿ )1‬وَ َل َأ ْج ُر ا ْل ِ‬ ‫ ‬

‫(‪﴿ )2‬وَ َل ِذ ْك ُر ال َّلـ ِه َأ ْك َب ُر﴾ (العنكبوت ‪)45‬‬ ‫ ‬

‫آخ َر ِة َأ ْك َب ُر﴾ (الزمر ‪)26‬‬ ‫(‪﴿ )3‬وَ َل َع َذ ُ‬

‫اب ا ْل ِ‬ ‫ ‬

‫(‪﴿ )4‬وَ َل َأ َم ٌة ُّم ْؤ ِم َن ٌة َخ ْي ٌر ِّمن ُّمشْ ِر َك ٍة وَ َل ْو َأ ْع َج َب ْت ُك ْم﴾ (البقرة ‪)221‬‬ ‫ ‬

‫(‪﴿ )5‬وَ َل َع ْب ٌد ُّمؤ ِْم ٌن َخ ْي ٌر ِّمن ُّمشْ ِر ٍك وَ َل ْو َأ ْع َج َب ُك ْم﴾ (البقرة ‪)221‬‬ ‫ ‬

‫سبيل الل ِه أو َروْ َح ٌة خي ٌر من ُّ‬

‫الدنْيا وما فيها»‪( .‬رواه‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫(‪ )6‬وفي الحديث‪َ « :‬لغَ ْدوَ ٌة في‬ ‫ ‬
‫البخاري)‬

‫أي َأ ْد َر َك ُه ُّ‬
‫الص ْب ُح وهو‬ ‫حام ٌد مريض ًا‪ْ .‬‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ان)‪ ،‬نح َو‪َ :‬أ ْص َب َح‬ ‫ات َ‬
‫(ك َ‬ ‫( َأ ْص َب َح) ِم ْن َأ َخ َو ِ‬
‫ض‪.‬‬ ‫َم ِر ْي ٌ‬

‫َاد ُأ ِّم ُم َ‬
‫وسٰى َفارِ ًغا﴾ (القصص ‪)10‬‬ ‫وفي التنـزيل‪﴿ :‬وَ َأ ْص َب َح ُفؤ ُ‬ ‫ ‬

‫وب ُك ْم َف َأ ْص َب ْح ُتم ِب ِن ْع َم ِت ِه‬ ‫(صا َر) كما في قوله تعالى‪َ ﴿ :‬ف َأ َّل َ‬
‫ف َب ْي َن ُق ُل ِ‬ ‫وقد ت َِأتي ِب َم ْع َنى َ‬ ‫ ‬
‫ِإ ْخوَا ًنا﴾ (آل عمران ‪)103‬‬

‫‪80‬‬
 ‫اآلتية‪:‬‬
‫ِ‬ ‫الج َم ِل‬ ‫(‪ )11‬أد ِْخ ْل ( َأ ْ‬
‫ص َب َح) َع َلى ُ‬
‫‪:‬أصبح ‪Rewrite the following sentences adding‬‬

‫شديد ……………………………………‬
‫ٌ‬ ‫البرد‬
‫ُ‬ ‫(‪)1‬‬ ‫ ‬

‫ٌ‬
‫مريض ……………………………………‬ ‫(‪ )2‬أنا‬ ‫ ‬

‫أصدقاء …………………………………‬
‫ُ‬ ‫(‪ُ )3‬ه ْم‬ ‫ ‬

‫مكونا ِم ْن ( َأ ْن)‬
‫ّ‬ ‫يكون خب ُرها‬
‫َ‬ ‫ويجب أن‬
‫ُ‬ ‫أخ ِ‬
‫وات (كان)‪،‬‬ ‫ب‪ِ .‬‬
‫وهي ِم ْن َ‬ ‫( َأوْ َش َك)‪َ :‬ق ُر َ‬ ‫ ‬
‫وش ُك‬ ‫المضار ُع ً‬
‫أيضا‪ ،‬نحو‪ُ :‬ي ِ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ُ‬
‫ويستعمل منها‬ ‫رس أن َي ْن َتهِ ي‪.‬‬ ‫وش َك ّ‬
‫الد ُ‬ ‫والفعل‪ ،‬نحوَ‪َ :‬أ َ‬
‫ِ‬
‫ير ِج ُعوا إلى ِ‬
‫بالد ِه ْم‪.‬‬ ‫أن ْ‬
‫الطالب ْ‬
‫ُ‬

‫سافر ُ‬
‫ت‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫الم ْب َه َم ُة وت َِأتي ن َْع ًتا ِلما قب َلها‪ ،‬نحوَ‪:‬‬
‫ِأم ٍر َما)‪ .‬هذه (ما) ال َّن ِك َرة ال ّتامة ُ‬
‫(يريدها ل ْ‬
‫ُ‬ ‫ ‬
‫الخبر في‬
‫َ‬ ‫أت َهذا‬ ‫أع ِط ِني كتاب ًا ما‪ .‬رأي ُت ُه في َم ٍ‬
‫كان ما‪َ .‬ق َر ُ‬ ‫لسبب ما‪ْ .‬‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫الرياض‬
‫ِ‬ ‫إلى‬
‫صحيف ٍة ما‪.‬‬

‫اس ِم ِأبي ِه‪ ،‬نحوَ‪:‬‬ ‫(محمد ْب ُن ِو ْل َي َم)‪ .‬ت ُْح َذ ُ‬

‫ف همز ُة (ابن) إذا جا َء صف ًة ِل َع َل ٍم مضاف ًا إلى ْ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫ ‬
‫ٍ‬
‫واحد‪،‬‬ ‫سطر‬ ‫ُ‬
‫الثالث في ٍ‬ ‫ُ‬
‫الكلمات‬ ‫تكون‬
‫َ‬ ‫المط ِل ِب‪ .‬و ُيشْ َت َر ُط ْ‬
‫أن‬ ‫َّ‬ ‫عبد ال َّل ِه ِ‬
‫بن َع ْب ِد‬ ‫محم ُد ْب ُن ِ‬
‫ّ‬
‫سطر آخر ُك ِت َب ْت كلم ُة (ابن) بالهمز ِة‪ ،‬نحوَ‪َ :‬‬
‫الح َس ُن‬ ‫ُ‬
‫وبعضها في ٍ‬ ‫وإذا جا َء ُ‬
‫بعضها في َس ْط ٍر‪،‬‬
‫علي‪.‬‬
‫ا ْب ُن ٍّ‬

‫ألن (ابن) َل ْم َي َق ْع بين َع َل َم ْي ِن‪.‬‬

‫الشيخ إبراهيم) َّ‬
‫ِ‬ ‫(حامد ا ْب ُن‬
‫ُ‬ ‫وال ت ُْح َذ ُ‬
‫ف في مثل‪:‬‬ ‫ ‬

‫‪Write the plural of these words:‬‬ ‫اآلتية‪ :‬‬

‫ِ‬ ‫ماء‬
‫األس ِ‬
‫جمع ْ‬
‫َ‬ ‫(‪ِ )12‬‬
‫هات‬

‫ُم ْص َحف‪ِ .‬ف َناء‪ .‬نَشاط‪َ .‬جا ِنب‪.‬‬ ‫ ‬

‫‪81‬‬
Write the ‫ ماضي‬of ‫ َيأ َبى‬: :)‫هات ماضي (يأ ْب َى‬
ِ )13(

:‫جملة مفيد ٍة‬

ٍ ‫كلمة ِم ّما َيأ ِتي في‬
ٍ َّ ‫) أد ِْخ ْل‬14(
‫كل‬
Use each of the following words in a sentence of your own:

‫ َما‬.‫ َأوْ َش َك‬.‫ ُه َن ْي َهة‬.‫ وَ َل ْو‬.‫ َأ ْص َب َح‬.‫ومغَ ارِ ُبها‬

َ ‫األرض‬
ِ ُ
‫مشارق‬ .‫ ُم َصاب‬.‫ َأ ْث َنى عليه‬.‫َأ ْع َج َب‬
.)‫(النكرة التامة المبهمة‬

Points to Remember

In this lesson we learn the following:

(1) Bâb af ‘ala (‫)باب َأ ْف َع َل‬

ُ : This is another bâb from the abwâb of the mazîd. In this

a hamzah is prefixed to the first radical which loses its vowel, e.g., ‫( نَــز ََل‬nazala) ‘he
came down’: ‫?( َأنْـز ََل‬anzala) ‘he brought down’ – ‫( َخ َر َج‬kharaja) ‘he went out’ : ‫َأ ْخ َر َج‬
(akhraja) ‘he brought out.’

The mudâri‘: The mudâri‘ should have been
with its vowel is omitted. So it becomes
has dammah because the verb originally had four letters.
‫ ُيـ ْن ِـز ُل‬is that of ‫) َأنْـز ََل‬.
‫( ُي َأن ِْز ُل‬yu’ anzil-u) but the hamzah along
‫( ُيـ ْن ِـز ُل‬yunzil-u)1. Note that the ‫المضا َر َع ِة‬
ُ ‫ف‬ ُ ‫َح ْـر‬
(‫ َيـ ْن ِـز ُل‬is mudâri‘ of ‫نَـز ََل‬, and

The amr: Note that the amr is formed from the original form of the mudâri‘, and not

from the existing form. So after omitting the ‫المضا َر َع ِة‬

ُ ‫ف‬ ُ ‫ َح ْر‬and the case-ending form
1
‫( ُت َأن ِْـز ُل‬tu’anzil-u) we get ‫( َأن ِْز ْل‬anzil).

1
yuanzilu minus a=yunzilu.

82
The masdar: The masdar of this bâb is on the pattern of ٌ ‫( ِإ ْف َع‬if‘âl-un), e.g.,
‫ال‬
ٌ ‫( ِإ ْنز‬inzâl-un) ‘sending down’ – ‫ َأ ْخ َر َج‬:‫اج‬
‫ َأ ْنز ََل‬:‫َال‬ ٌ ‫( ِإ ْخ َر‬ikhrâj-un) ‘bringing out’ - -
َ ‫( ِإ ْس‬islâm-un) ‘becoming a Muslim’.
‫ َأ ْس َل َم‬:‫ال ٌم‬

The ism al-fâ‘il: As we have seen in bâb fa‘‘ala the ‫المضا َر َع ِة‬
ُ ‫ف‬ ُ ‫ َح ْر‬is replaced with mu,
e.g., ‫( ُي ْسـ ِل ُم‬yuslim-u) ‘he becomes a Muslim’ : ‫( ُم ْس ِل ٌم‬muslim-un) ‘Muslim’ - - ‫ُي ْم ِك ُن‬
(yumkin-u) ‘it is possible’ : ‫( ُم ْم ِك ٌن‬mumkin-un) ‘possible’.

The ism al-maf‘ûl: It is just like the ism al-fâ‘il except that the second radical has

fathah, e.g., ‫( ُي ْر ِس ُل‬yursil-u) ‘he sends’ : ‫ ُم ْر ِس ٌل‬mursil-un) ‘one who sends’ :‫ُم ْر َس ٌل‬
(mursal-un) ‘one who has been sent’ -- ‫( ُيغْ ِل ُق‬yughliq-u) ‘he closes’ :‫ُمغْ ِل ٌق‬
(mughliq-un) ‘one who closes’: ‫( ُمغْ َل ٌق‬mughlaq-un) ‘closed’.

The noun of place and time ِ ‫كان والز‬

(‫َّمان‬ ِ ‫الم‬
َ ‫ ) ِا ْسما‬: It is
the same as the ism al-maf‘ûl, e.g., ُ ‫ف ُي ْت ِح‬
‫ـف‬ َ ‫?( َأت َْح‬athafa
yuthif-u) ‘to present someone with a curio’ ٌ ‫ُم ْت َح‬
:‫ف‬
(muthaf-un) ‘museum’.

Here are some non-sâlim verbs transferred to this bâb:

ِ
‫الماضي‬ ِ ‫الم‬
‫ضار ُع‬ ُ ‫الم ْص َد ُر‬
َ ‫الفاع ِل‬
ِ ‫ِا ْس ُم‬ ِ ‫الم ْف ُع‬
‫ول‬ َ ‫ِا ْس ُم‬

َ ‫‘ َأ َق‬he made (him) stand.’

‫ام‬ ‫يم‬
ُ ‫ُي ِق‬ ‫قامـ ٌة‬
َ ‫ِإ‬ ‫ـيـم‬
ٌ ‫ُم ِق‬ ٌ ‫ُم َق‬
‫ـام‬

َ 'he believed’ for ‫َأ ْأ َم َن‬

‫آم َن‬ ‫ُي ْؤ ِم ُن‬ ‫ان‬ َ ‫ ِإ‬for ‫مان‬
ٌ ‫يـم‬ ٌ ‫ِإ ْئ‬ ‫ُمؤ ِْم ٌن‬ ‫ُمؤ َْم ٌن‬

َ ‫‘ َأ‬he made (it)

‫وج َب‬
ِ ‫ُي‬
‫وج ُب‬ ‫جاب‬
ٌ ‫ إ ْي‬for ‫وْجاب‬
ٌ ‫ِإ‬ ِ ‫ُم‬
‫وج ٌب‬ ‫وج ٌب‬
َ ‫ُم‬
obligatory’.

‫‘ َأت ََّم‬he completed’ ‫ـم‬

ُّ ‫ُي ِت‬ ‫ْمام‬
ٌ ‫ِإت‬ ‫ـم‬
ٌّ ‫ُمـ ِت‬ ‫ـم‬
ٌّ ‫ُمـ َت‬
1
‫‘ َأ ْل َق‬he minus
‫ى‬yu?anzilu put ?adown’ .
= yunzilu. ‫ُي ْل ِقي‬ ٌ ‫ ِإ ْل‬for ‫قاي‬
‫قاء‬ ٌ ‫ِإ ْل‬ )‫(الم ْل ِقي‬
ُ ‫(الم ْل َقي) ُم ْل ٍق‬
ُ ً ‫ُم ْل‬
‫قى‬
83
(2) The verb ‫أع َطى‬
ْ ‘he gave’ is from bâb ?af‘ala. The mudâri‘ is ‫ ُي ْع ِطي‬, the masdar is
‫طـاء‬ ُ and the ism al-maf‘ûl is ‫م ْع ًطى‬.
ٌ ‫ ِإ ْع‬, the amr is ‫ َأ ْع ِط‬, the ism al-fâ‘il is ‫م ْع ٍط‬, ُ

It takes two objects, e.g., ً ‫‘ َأ ْع َط ْي ُت بال‬I gave Bilal a watch.’ In the Qur’an:
‫ال سـاع ًة‬
‫ـاك ا ْل َك ْو َث َر‬
َ ‫ــيـ َن‬
ْ ‫‘ إنّا َأ ْع َط‬We have indeed given you abundance.’
The objects may be pronouns, e.g., َ ‫‘ َم ْن َأ ْع‬Who gave
‫طاكهُ؟‬
it to you?’

‫س‬ ِّ
ُ ‫المدر‬ ‫أعطا ِنـيـ ِه‬
ْ ‘The teacher gave it to me.’

(3) ‫ وَ َل ْو‬means ‘even if’, e.g.,

َ ‫الم ْع َج َم وَ َل ْو‬
‫كان غا ِلي ًا‬ ُ ‫‘ ِا ْش َت ِر هذا‬Buy this dictionary even if it is
expensive.

‫حان وَ َل ْو ُك ْن َت مريض ًا‬ ِ ‫‘ ُا ْح ُض ِر ا‬Attend the examination even if

َ ‫ال ْم ِت‬
you are sick.’

‫البيت و َل ْو َأ ْع َط ْـي َت ِن ْي ِه َم َّجانـ ًا‬

َ ‫‘ َل ْن َأ ْس ُك َن هذا‬I will not live in this
house even if you give it to me free.’

Note that the verb after ‫ وَ َل ْو‬is mâdî.

(4) ‫ال ْب ِتدا ِء‬

ِ ‫الم ا‬
ُ is a lâm with a fathah prefixed to the
mubtada’ for the sake of emphasis, e.g., ‫وَ َل ِذ ْك ُر الل ِه َأ ْك َب ُر‬
‘And indeed the remembrance of Allah is the greatest’

(Qur’an, 29:45).

‫أل َم ٌة ُم ْؤ ِم َن ٌة َخ ْي ٌر ِم ْن ُمشْ ِرك ٍة وَ َل ْو َأ ْع َج َب ْت ُك ْم‬

َ ‫‘ و‬And indeed a
believing slave girl is better than a mushrikah even though she might be pleasing to

you’ (Qur’an, 2:221).

84
This lâm is not to be confused with the preposition ‫ ِلـ‬which has a kasrah, but takes a

fathah when prefixed to a pronoun, e.g., ‫ َل ُك ْم‬،‫ َلها‬،‫ك‬

َ ‫ َل‬،ُ‫ َله‬. The ‫ال ْب ِتدا ِء‬
ِ ‫الم ا‬
ُ does not change
the ending of the mubtada’.

ْ ‫ َأ‬is a sister of ‫ان‬

(5) The verb ‫ص َب َح‬ َ It means ‘to become
َ ‫ك‬.
in the morning’, e.g., ‫حامد مريض ًا‬
ٌ ‫‘ َأ ْص َب َح‬Hamid fell
ill in the morning.’ Here ‫حامد‬
ٌ is the ism of ‫أص َب َح‬
ْ
and ‫ مريض ًا‬is the khabar. And in ‫َشيط ًا‬
ِ ‫أص َب ْح ُت ن‬
ْ ‘I
ُ is
became active in the morning’ the pronoun ‫ت‬

the ism.

It is also used in the sense of just ‘he became’ without reference to

ْ ‫ف َب ْي َن ُق ُل ِوب ُك ْم َف َأ ْص َب ْح ُت ْم ب ِن ْع َم ِت ِه ِإ‬
the timing, e.g., ‫خوَانـ ًا‬ َ ‫‘ َف َأ َّل‬He
united your hearts, and you became brothers by His grace’

(Qur’an, 3:103).

َ ‫وْش‬
(6) ‫ك‬ َ ‫ َأ‬is a sister of ‫ان‬ َ Its mudâri‘ is ‫وش ُك‬
َ ‫ك‬. ِ ‫ ُي‬. It means
‘he is about to…’, e.g.,

‫إلجاز ِة‬ ِ ‫الطالب َأ ْن َي ْر ِج ُعوا إلى ِب‬

ِ ‫الدهم في ا‬ ُ ‫وش ُك‬
ِ ‫‘ ُي‬The students
are about to return to their countries in the holidays'. Here

‫ب‬
ُ ‫ال‬ ُ is its ism, and the masdar mu’awwal (‫)أن يرجعوا‬
َّ ‫الط‬ ْ
is the khabar. Its khabar is always a masdar mu’awwal,

ْ ‫وش ُك‬
i.e., ‫ َأ ْن‬+ the mudâri‘. Here is another example : ‫أن‬ ِ ‫ُأ‬
َ ‫‘ َأ َتز‬I am about to get married.’ Here its ism is the damîr mustatir (hidden pronoun) ‫ َأنا‬in
‫َوَّج‬
ُ ‫وش‬
the verb ‫ك‬ ِ ‫ ُأ‬.

2 ُ ‫المؤ‬
For the masdar mu’awwal (‫َوَّل‬ ُ ‫)الم ْص َد ُر‬
َ see L 10 in this Book.
85
(7) ‫ِأم ٍر ما‬ ُ ‫ ُي‬. Here the word ‫ َما‬is an adjective meaning ‘some’ or ‘certain’. ‫ل َِأ ْم ٍر ما‬
ْ ‫ريدهـا ل‬
means ‘for some reason.’ Here are some more examples: ‫‘ َأ ْع ِط ِني ِكتاب ًا ما‬Give me some

ٍ ‫‘ َرأ ْي ُت ُه في َم‬I have seen him somewhere.’ – ‫‘ َس َت ْف َه ُم هذا َيوم ًا ما‬You will
book.’ -- ‫كان ما‬

understand this some day.’

This ‫ ما‬is called ‫الم ْب َه َم ُة‬

ُ ‫ام ُة‬
َّ ‫‘ ما ال َّن ِك َر ُة ال َّت‬the completely indefinite
and vague mâ’.

(8) The alif of ‫ ا ْبن‬is omitted in writing also if it is

between the names of the son and the father,

e.g., ‫محم ُد ْب ُن ِو ْل َي َم‬

َّ ‘Muhammad son of William.’ This

omission is subject to the following two conditions:

a) the father’s name should not be preceded by any title. If it is preceded by a title, the alif

should be retained, e.g., ‫علي‬

ّ ٍ ‫الح َس ُن ْب ُن‬
َ ‘Hasan son of ‘Ali’, but ‫علي‬
ّ ٍ ‫اإلمام‬
ِ ‫الح َس ُن ا ْب ُن‬.
َ

b) all the three words should be in the same line, e.g., ‫خـالد ْب ُن الـوليد‬.
ُ If they are in

different lines, the alif is not be omitted, e.g., ‫خـــالد‬

‫ا ْب ُن الـوليد‬.

ٍ
Note that the word preceding ‫ ا ْبن‬loses its tanwîn, e.g., ‫حامد‬ ‫بن‬ ُ ‫( ِب‬Bilâl-u bn-u Hâmid-
ُ ‫الل‬
ٍ
in), not ‫حامد‬ ٌ (Bilâl-un bn-u Hâmid-in).
‫بالل ْب ُن‬

86
 ‫‪Lesson‬‬

‫الس ِاب ُع‬

‫س َّ‬‫الـ َّد ْر ُ‬
‫‪7‬‬
‫العصر)‬
‫ِ‬ ‫(بعد صال ِة‬
‫َ‬

‫إخوان؟‬
‫ُ‬ ‫‪َ :‬ك ْي َ‬
‫ف َأ ْم َس ْي ُت ْم يا‬ ‫س‬
‫الم َد ِّر ُ ‬
‫ُ‬

‫والحمد ِل َّل ِه‪.‬‬

‫ُ‬ ‫‪َ :‬أ ْم َس ْي َنا ِب ٍ‬
‫خير‪،‬‬ ‫َّ‬
‫الط َل َبُ ة‬

‫‪ِ :‬ل َم َأ ْخ َر ْج َت الس ُّبور َة يا ُأسام ُة؟ َأ ْد ِخ ْل َها ِب ُس ْر َع ٍة‪.‬‬ ‫س‬

‫الم َد ِّر ُ ‬
‫ُ‬

‫‪َ :‬أ ْخ َر ْج ُتها لِأن َِّظ َف َها‪َ .‬س ُأ ْد ِخ ُل َها َ‬

‫بعد َت ْن ِظي ِف َها‪.‬‬ ‫ُأسامُ ة‬

‫االمتحان ال ِّن ْص ِف ِّي‪ .‬وال َّل ِه لقد َف ِر ْح ُت‬

‫ِ‬ ‫جاح ُك ْم ال َب ِ‬
‫اه ِر ِفي‬ ‫إلخو ُة ُأ َه ِّن ُئ ُك ْم ِب َن ِ‬
‫‪ :‬أ ّيها ا ِ‬ ‫س‬
‫الم َد ِّر ُ ‬
‫ُ‬
‫كثير ًا بهذ ِه ال َن ِتيج ِة التي َب َلغَ ْت ِن ْس َب ُت َها ‪.%97‬‬

‫ُ‬
‫أستاذ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ :‬ف َّر َح َك ال َّل ُه دائم ًا يا‬ ‫ُعكاشُ ة‬

‫( ُي ْد ِخ ُل ُأسام ُة الس ُّب ْورةَ)‬

‫الد كثير ٍة‪ ،‬وَ َل ْم َأ َر‬

‫األرض ومغارِ ِبها‪ ،‬وَ َد َّر ْس ُت في ِب ٍ‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ِ‬
‫مشارق‬ ‫‪ :‬إنّي َج َّو ْل ُت في‬ ‫س‬
‫الم َد ِّر ُ ‬
‫ُ‬
‫أحس َن ِم ْن ُك ْم‪.‬‬
‫طالب ًا َ‬
‫ُ‬
‫أستاذ‪.‬‬ ‫َ‬
‫جزاك ال َّل ُه خير ًا يا‬ ‫‪:‬‬ ‫ُأسامُ ة‬

‫‪َ :‬ل َع َّل ُك ْم ْ‬

‫أح َض ْرت ُْم دفا ِت َر ال َّن ْح ِو‪.‬‬ ‫س‬
‫الم َد ِّر ُ ‬
‫ُ‬

‫أح َض ْرناها‪.‬‬
‫‪ :‬ن ََع ْم‪ْ ،‬‬ ‫ُعكاشُ ة‬
‫‪87‬‬
‫إن شا َء ال َّلهُ‪ .‬يا عم ُرو‪َ ،‬أ ْسمِ ْع ِني‬
‫المدير‪َ .‬س ُي َس ُّر بها كثير ًا ْ‬
‫َ‬ ‫أريد أن ُأرِ َيها‬
‫‪ :‬هاتُوها‪ُ .‬‬ ‫س‬
‫الم َد ِّر ُ ‬
‫ُ‬
‫س‪.‬‬ ‫الم َت َن ِّبي الذي َذ َك ْر ُت ُه ْ‬
‫أم ِ‬ ‫َب ْي َت ُ‬

‫ال ال َّت ْذ ِكي ُر َف ْخ ٌر ِل ْل ِه َ‬

‫ال ِل‬ ‫وَ َ‬ ‫ ‬ ‫ِاس ِم الشَّ ْم ِ‬
‫س َع ْي ٌب‬ ‫‪:‬وَ َما ال َت ْأ ِن ُ‬
‫يث ل ْ‬ ‫عمر و‬

‫عند ال ُّن ْط ِق ِبثالث ِة َأ ْح ُر ٍف‪،‬‬ ‫راج ال ِّل ِ‬

‫سان َ‬ ‫‪ُ :‬ق ْل (ال َتأنيث) و َأ ْخ ِر ْج ِلسان َ‬
‫َك‪َ .‬ي ِج ُب ِإ ْخ ُ‬ ‫س‬
‫الم َد ِّر ُ ‬
‫ُ‬
‫أظن أن ِني َف َّه ْم ُت ُك ْم مع َنا ُه‪.‬‬
‫والظاء (ظ)… ّ‬
‫ُ‬ ‫ُ‬
‫والذال (ذ)‪،‬‬ ‫الثاء (ث)‪،‬‬
‫وهي ُ‬ ‫ِ‬

‫اسمِ ِه‪.‬‬ ‫الشيء ِب َح ِق َ‬

‫يق ِت ِه ال ِب ْ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫‪ :‬ن ََع ْم‪ .‬معنا ُه‪ :‬إنّما‬ ‫ُأسامُ ة‬

‫ِ‬
‫غرفتي َف ِإ َّن بِ ي ُصداع ًا شديد ًا‪.‬‬ ‫هاب ِإلى‬ ‫تسمح لي َّ‬
‫بالذ ِ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ُ‬
‫أستاذ‪ْ ،‬أرجو أن‬ ‫‪ :‬يا‬ ‫علي‬
‫ٌّ ‬

‫‪ِ :‬ا ْذ َه ْب شفاك اللهُ‪.‬‬ ‫س‬

‫الم َد ِّر ُ ‬
‫ُ‬

‫أستاذ‪ ،‬إنَّما َي ْك ِذ ُ‬
‫ب‪.‬‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫صداع يا‬
‫ٌ‬ ‫‪ :‬ما ِب ِه‬ ‫إبراهيم‬
‫ُ ‬

‫راك َأ ّن ُه َي ْك ِذ ُ‬
‫ب؟‬ ‫‪ :‬وَ َما َأ ْد َ‬ ‫س‬
‫الم َد ِّر ُ ‬
‫ُ‬

‫أظن‪.‬‬
‫‪ّ :‬‬ ‫إبراهي م‬

‫الظ َّن َأ ْك َذ ُ‬
‫ب‬ ‫فإن َّ‬
‫والظ َّن‪َّ ،‬‬ ‫إبراهيم‪ ،‬فقد قال النبي ‪« :Á‬إ َّي ُ‬
‫اك ْم َّ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫اك َّ‬
‫والظ َّن يا‬ ‫‪ِ :‬إ ّي َ‬ ‫س‬
‫الم َد ِّر ُ ‬
‫ُ‬
‫(الح ُجرات ‪)12‬‬
‫ُ‬ ‫ض َّ‬
‫الظ ِّن ِإ ْث ٌم)‬ ‫وج َّل‪ِ ( :‬إ َّن َب ْع َ‬ ‫ِ‬
‫الحديث»‪ .‬وقال َع َّز َ‬

‫‪Answer the following questions:‬‬ ‫(‪َ )1‬أ ِج ْب َع ِن ا َأل ْس ِئ َل ِة اآل ِت َي ِة‪ :‬‬
‫الفصل؟‬
‫ِ‬ ‫أخ َر َج ُأسام ُة الس ّبور َة من‬
‫(‪ )1‬لماذا ْ‬ ‫ ‬

‫(‪َ )2‬ك ْم َب َلغَ ْت ِن ْس َب ُة ال َّن ِ‬

‫جاح؟‬ ‫ ‬

‫يذهب إ َلى ُغ ْر َف ِت ِه؟‬

‫َ‬ ‫أن‬
‫علي ْ‬
‫أراد ٌّ‬
‫(‪ )3‬لماذا َ‬ ‫ ‬

‫‪88‬‬
 ‫المدير؟‬
‫َ‬ ‫أن ُي ِر َي‬
‫س ْ‬‫يريد المد ِّر ُ‬
‫(‪ )4‬ماذا ُ‬ ‫ ‬

‫اع ِت َبارِ َم ْعنا ُه إلى ُم َت َع ٍّد و َ‬

‫الزِ ٍم‪.‬‬ ‫ُ‬
‫الفعل ِب ْ‬ ‫َي ْن َق ِس ُم‬ ‫ ‬

‫إبراهيم عليه السالم‬

‫ُ‬ ‫ِ‬
‫المفعول ِب ِه‪ ،‬نحوَ‪َ :‬ب َنى‬ ‫َ‬
‫الفاعل إلى‬ ‫الم َت َع ِّد ْي ما ت ََجاوَ َز َح َد ُث ُه‬
‫َف ُ‬ ‫ ‬
‫الكعب َة‪.‬‬

‫ومفعول ِب ِه َي َق ُع عليه‪.‬‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫فاعل َي ْف َع ُلهُ‪،‬‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫اج إلى‬
‫وهو َي ْح َت ُ‬ ‫ ‬

‫الدرس‪،‬‬
‫َ‬ ‫المفعول ِب ِه‪ ،‬نحوَ‪َ :‬ق َرأ الطا ِل ُب‬
‫ِ‬ ‫الضمير ا َّل ِتي ت َُع ُ‬
‫ود إلى‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫أن َي ْق َب َل ها َء‬
‫عالم ُت ُه ْ‬
‫َ‬ ‫وَ‬ ‫ ‬
‫سام ًة‪َ ،‬ف َق َت ْل ُتها‪.‬‬ ‫ُ‬
‫رأيت َحشَ َر ًة َّ‬ ‫وَ َف ِه َمهُ‪.‬‬

‫يحتاج ال ِف ُ‬
‫عل‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫المدرس‪ .‬ال‬
‫ُ‬ ‫الطالب‪َ .‬ف ِر َح‬
‫ُ‬ ‫فاع َلهُ‪ ،‬نحوَ‪َ :‬خ َر َج‬
‫والالزِ ُم‪ :‬ماال َي َت َع َّدى َأ َث ُر ُه ِ‬ ‫ ‬
‫ِ‬
‫المفعول ِب ِه‪.‬‬ ‫الالزم ِإلى‬
‫ُ‬

‫ِ‬
‫حرف‬ ‫َاس َط ِة‬ ‫ُ‬
‫الفعل ال ّلازِ ُم ِبو ِ‬ ‫قد َي َت َع َّدى‬ ‫ ‬
‫الـمدرس‬
‫ُ‬ ‫الج ِّر‪ ،‬نحو‪َ )1( :‬غ ِ‬
‫ض َب‬ ‫َ‬
‫الكسالن‪َ )2( .‬د َه ْب ُت‬
‫ِ‬ ‫َع َلى الطا ِل ِب‬
‫« َف َم ْن َر ِغ َب َع ْن‬ ‫الج َب ِل‪ )4( .‬قال ‪Á‬‬ ‫الم ْستشْ َفى‪ )3( .‬ن ََظ ْر ُ‬
‫ت إلى َ‬ ‫المريض إلى ُ‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ِب‬

‫أن َأ َّط ِل َع َع َلى َم ْن َه ِج مد َر َس ِت َك‪ )6( .‬ال َأ ْر َغ ُب في َّ‬

‫الس َف ِر‬ ‫أريد ْ‬ ‫ُس َّن ِتي َف َل ْي َ‬
‫س ِم ِّني»‪ُ )5( .‬‬
‫بوع‪.‬‬
‫األس َ‬
‫هذا ْ‬

‫منصوب‬
‫ٌ‬ ‫مجرور لفظ ًا ِب َح ْر ِف َ‬
‫الج ِّر‪،‬‬ ‫ٌ‬ ‫يح)‪ .‬وهو‬ ‫الفعل َ‬
‫(غ ْي َر َص ِر ٍ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ُ‬
‫مفعول ِمث ِْل َهذا‬ ‫و ُي َس َّمى‬ ‫ ‬
‫صريح‪.‬‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫ٌ‬
‫مفعول ِب ِه غي ُر‬ ‫مح ًّ‬
‫ال َع َلى أ َّن ُه‬ ‫َ‬

‫‪89‬‬
 ‫(‪َ )2‬م ِّي ْز ال ّلازِ َم ِم َن ال ُم َت َع ِّدي ِفيما َي ِلي‪:‬‬
‫‪:‬متعدي ‪ from‬الزم ‪In the following sentences separate‬‬

‫الطالب‪ )3( .‬رجع‬

‫ُ‬ ‫الدرس م َّرتين‪ )2( .‬ضحك‬
‫َ‬ ‫المدرس‬
‫ُ‬ ‫َيشْ َر ُح‬ ‫ ‬
‫القـرآن وأنا صغي ٌر‪ِ )5( .‬اجلس هنـا‪.‬‬
‫َ‬ ‫ُ‬
‫حفظت‬ ‫أبي الـبارح َة‪)4( .‬‬
‫إبراهيم عليه‬
‫َ‬ ‫َ‬
‫النوافذ‪َ )7( .‬أ َم َر الل ُه تعالى‬ ‫الباب‪ ،‬و َأ ْغ ِلق‬
‫َ‬ ‫(‪ِ )6‬افتح‬
‫ُ‬
‫الطفل‪ُ )9( .‬ق ُ‬
‫مت‬ ‫السالم ِب َذ ْب ِح اب ِن ِه إسماعيل عليه السالم‪ )8( .‬ن َ‬
‫َام‬
‫ال ُنشْ ِر ُك به شيئ ًا‪ )11( .‬لم ْ‬
‫آكل‬ ‫أخر ًا‪ )10( .‬ن َْع ُب ُد الل َه و َ‬
‫النوم ُم َت ِّ‬
‫ِ‬ ‫من‬
‫الض ُي ْو ِف‪.‬‬ ‫الع َّم ُ‬
‫ال‪َ )13( .‬ر َّح ْب ُت ِب ُّ‬ ‫شيئ ًا‪َ )12( .‬ت ِع َب ُ‬

‫ص ْي ُر ال ِف ْع ُل َّ‬
‫الالزِ ُم ُم َت َع ِّدي ًا ِب َن ْق ِل ِه إ َلى َبا َب ْي ( َأ ْف َع َل‪ ،‬و َف َّع َل) كما َي َّت ِض ُح‬ ‫َي ِ‬ ‫ ‬
‫ِم َن األمثل ِة اآلتي ِة‪:‬‬ ‫ ‬

‫(أ)‬ ‫ ‬

‫الفصل‪.‬‬
‫ِ‬ ‫س حامد ًا من‬
‫المدر ُ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫َأ ْخ َر َج‬ ‫ ‬ ‫الفصل ‪.‬‬
‫ِ‬ ‫حامد من‬
‫ٌ‬ ‫(‪َ )1‬خ َر َج‬ ‫ ‬

‫اإلس ِ‬
‫عاف‪.‬‬ ‫الج ِر ْي َح من سيار ِة ْ‬
‫ون َ‬ ‫اف‪َ .‬أ ْنز ََل ُ‬
‫الم َم ِّر ُض َ‬ ‫إل ْس َع ِ‬ ‫(‪َ )2‬نز ََل َ‬
‫الج ِر ْي ُح ِم ْن َس َّيا َر ِة ا ِ‬ ‫ ‬

‫امهُ‪.‬‬
‫أم َ‬
‫الجديد َ‬
‫َ‬ ‫س الطا ِل َب‬
‫الم َد ِّر ُ‬
‫س ُ‬ ‫مام المد ِّر ِس‪َ .‬أ ْج َل َ‬
‫الجديد َأ َ‬
‫ُ‬ ‫الطالب‬
‫ُ‬ ‫(‪َ )3‬ج َل َ‬
‫س‬ ‫ ‬

‫(ب)‬ ‫ ‬

‫َ‬
‫الطفل من الطائر ِة‪.‬‬ ‫َن َّز ْل ُت‬ ‫ ‬ ‫ ‬
‫الطائر ِة‪.‬‬ ‫ُ‬
‫الطفل من ّ‬ ‫(‪َ )1‬نز ََل‬ ‫ ‬

‫َ‬
‫المريض‪.‬‬ ‫الدواء‬
‫ُ‬ ‫َنو ََّم‬ ‫ُ‬
‫المريض‪ .‬‬ ‫َام‬
‫(‪ )2‬ن َ‬ ‫ ‬

‫‪90‬‬
 ‫ْ‬
‫انقلبت‪.‬‬ ‫ن ََّجى ال َّل ُه ُر َّك َ‬
‫اب السيار ِة التي‬ ‫اب الس َّيار ِة التي ان َْق َل َب ْت‪.‬‬
‫ ‬ ‫(‪ )3‬ن ََجا َّ‬
‫رك ُ‬ ‫ ‬

‫واحد إلى هذين ال َبا َب ْي ِن ت ََع َّدى إلى مفعو َل ْي ِن‪ ،‬نحو‪:‬‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫ٍ‬
‫مفعول‬ ‫المتعدى إلى‬
‫َّ‬ ‫ُ‬
‫الفعل‬ ‫ِإذا ُن ِق َل‬

‫القرآن‪.‬‬
‫َ‬ ‫المدرس‬
‫َ‬ ‫الطالب‬
‫ُ‬ ‫َ‬
‫ أ ْس َم َع‬
‫القرآن‪.‬‬
‫َ‬ ‫المدرس‬
‫ُ‬ ‫(‪َ )1‬س ِم َع‬ ‫ ‬

‫الدرس‪.‬‬
‫َ‬ ‫الطالب‬
‫َ‬ ‫س‬ ‫َف َّه َم ُ‬
‫المد ِّر ُ‬ ‫ ‬‫الدرس‪.‬‬
‫َ‬ ‫الطالب‬
‫ُ‬ ‫(‪َ )2‬ف ِه َم‬ ‫ ‬

‫َت َمــارِ ُ‬
‫ين‬
‫‪Exercises‬‬

‫الجملة‬
‫ِ‬ ‫الجملة األو َلى كما هو‪ ،‬وفي‬
‫ِ‬ ‫(‪َ )1‬أد ِْخ ْل ُك َّل ٍ‬
‫فعل ِم َّما يأتي في جملتين‪ ،‬في‬
‫ْخال (همزة ال َّت ْع ِد َي ِة) عليه‪:‬‬
‫الثانية َب ْع َد ِإد ِ‬
‫ِ‬
‫‪Use each of the following verbs in two sentences: in the first as it is, and in‬‬
‫‪:‬أفعل ‪the second turning it to bâb‬‬

‫الفصل‪.‬‬
‫ِ‬ ‫اقب حامد ًا من‬
‫الم َر ُ‬ ‫َ‬
‫ أ ْخ َر َج ُ‬‫الفصل‪.‬‬
‫ِ‬ ‫حامد من‬
‫ٌ‬ ‫(‪َ )1‬خ َر َج‬ ‫ ‬

‫…………………………‬ ‫(‪َ )2‬د َخ َل …………… ‬

‫…‬ ‫ ‬

‫…………………………‬ ‫…‬ ‫(‪َ )3‬ج َل َ‬

‫س …………… ‬ ‫ ‬

‫…………………………‬ ‫(‪َ )4‬نز ََل …………… ‬

‫…‬ ‫ ‬

‫…………………………‬ ‫(‪َ )5‬ض ِح َك …………… ‬

‫…‬ ‫ ‬

‫…………………………‬ ‫(‪َ )6‬ب َكى …………… ‬

‫…‬ ‫ ‬

‫…………………………‬ ‫(‪َ )7‬س ِم َع …………… ‬

‫…‬ ‫ ‬

‫‪91‬‬
‫الجملة‬
‫ِ‬ ‫الجملة األو َلى كما هو‪ ،‬وفي‬
‫ِ‬ ‫كل ِف ْع ٍل مما يأتي في جملتين‪ .‬في‬ ‫(‪َ )2‬أد ِْخ ْل َّ‬

‫باب َف َّع َل)‪:‬‬

‫يف ِه (أي َن ْق ِل ِه إلى ِ‬ ‫بعد َت ْ‬
‫ض ِع ِ‬ ‫الثانية َ‬
‫ِ‬
‫‪Use each of the following verbs in two sentences: in the first as it is, and in‬‬
‫فعل ‪the second after turning it to bâb‬‬
‫‪ّ :‬‬

‫…………………………‬ ‫…‬
‫س …………… ‬
‫(‪َ )1‬د َر َ‬ ‫ ‬

‫…………………………‬ ‫…‬ ‫(‪َ )2‬خ َ‬

‫اف …………… ‬ ‫ ‬

‫…………………………‬ ‫َام ………………‪. ...‬‬

‫(‪ )3‬ن َ‬ ‫ ‬

‫…………………………‬ ‫(‪َ )4‬ح ِف َظ …………… ‬

‫…‬ ‫ ‬

‫…………………………‬ ‫…‬ ‫(‪َ )5‬ج َّ‬

‫ف …………… ‬ ‫ ‬

‫اآلتية؟‬
‫ِ‬ ‫األمثلة‬
‫ِ‬ ‫خط في‬ ‫ت األ ْف ُ‬
‫عال ا ُّل ِتي َت ْح َتها ّ‬ ‫(‪َ )3‬ك ْي َ‬
‫ف عُ ِّد َي ْ‬
‫‪By what process have the underlined verbs in the following sentences been‬‬
‫?‪rendered transitive‬‬

‫الطالب‬
‫ُ‬ ‫وع‪ )2( .‬قال‬
‫الج ِ‬ ‫الطفل يا آمنة؟ ما َأ ْب َكا ُه ٌ‬
‫أحد‪ِ ،‬إنّما َي ْب ِكي من ُ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ـن َأ ْبكى‬
‫(‪َ )1‬م ْ‬ ‫ ‬
‫ُ‬
‫نزلت‬ ‫أج ِل ْس ِني قريب ًا من الس ُّبور ِة‪ ،‬ف ِإ َّن ن ََظ ِري َض ِع ٌ‬
‫يف‪)3( .‬‬ ‫ُ‬
‫أستاذ‪ْ ،‬‬ ‫للمدرس‪ :‬يا‬
‫ِ‬ ‫الجديد‬
‫ُ‬
‫الدرس‪.‬‬
‫َ‬ ‫ُض ِح ْكني وأنا أقر ُأ‬ ‫أحمد‪ ،‬ال ت ْ‬
‫ُ‬ ‫من الس ّيار ِة‪ ،‬ثم ن َّز ْل ُت ُأ ِّمي المريض َة‪ )4( .‬يا‬
‫َك‪ )6( .‬قال تعالى‪﴿ :‬وَ ال َّلـ ُه َأ ْخ َر َج ُكم ِّمن ُب ُط ِ‬
‫ون‬ ‫الطبيب‪َ .‬أ ْخ ِر ْج ِل َسان َ‬
‫ُ‬ ‫(‪ )5‬قال لي‬
‫ون َش ْي ًئا﴾‪( .‬النحل ‪ )7( )78‬قال تعالى‪﴿ :‬وَ َمن َي ْظ ِلم ِّم ُ‬
‫نك ْم ن ُِذ ْق ُه‬ ‫ُأ َّم َها ِت ُك ْم َلا ت َْع َل ُم َ‬
‫َع َذا ًبا َك ِبي ًرا﴾‪( .‬الفرقان ‪ )8( )19‬قال الل ُه تعالى لموسى عليه السالم‪﴿ :‬وَ َأ ْد ِخ ْل َي َد َك‬
‫ـح ِل ُق‬
‫والس ْعي َي ْ‬ ‫وء﴾ (النمل ‪َ )9( )12‬ب ْع َد َّ‬
‫الط ِ‬
‫ـواف َّ‬ ‫ِفي َج ْي ِب َك ت َْخ ُر ْج َب ْي َضا َء ِم ْن َغ ْي ِر ُس ٍ‬
‫الم ْح ِر ُم‪ ،‬وال ُي ْن ِك ُح‪،‬‬
‫ال َي ْن ِك ُح ُ‬
‫ـع َر ُه‪ )10( .‬قال النبي ‪َ « :Á‬‬
‫الم ْع َتمِ ُر َر ْأ َسهُ‪ ،‬أو ُي َق ِّص ُر َش ْ‬
‫ُ‬
‫‪92‬‬
 ‫وال َي ْخ ُط ُب»‪ )11( .‬قال تعالى‪﴿ :‬وَ َأ َّن ُه ُه َو َأ ْض َح َك وَ َأ ْب َكٰى‪ ،‬وَ َأ َّن ُه ُه َو َأ َم َ‬
‫ات وَ َأ ْح َيا﴾‬

‫يان‪.‬‬ ‫والف ُس ْو َق ِ‬
‫والع ْص َ‬ ‫اإليمان‪ ،‬وَ َك ِّر ْه ِإ َل ْي َنا ُ‬
‫الك ْف َر ُ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫(‪ )12‬ال َّل ُه َّم َح ِّب ْب ِإ َل ْي َنا‬

‫المدير‪َ ( .‬أ َرى) َأ ْف َع َل من ( َرأى)‪ْ .‬‬

‫أص ُل ُه ( َأ ْر َأى)‪ُ .‬ح ِذ َف ْت منه عي ُنهُ‪.‬‬ ‫َ‬ ‫أريد أن ُأرِ َي َها‬
‫ُ‬ ‫ ‬
‫مضارِ ُعهُ‪ُ :‬ي ِر ْى‪.‬‬
‫ُ‬
‫تقــول‪:‬‬ ‫واألم ُر ِم ْنهُ‪َ :‬أرِ ‪.‬‬
‫ْ‬ ‫ ‬

‫إخوان‪.‬‬
‫ُ‬ ‫َأرِ ني هذا يا علي‪َ .‬أ ُروْ ِني هذا يا‬ ‫ ‬

‫ُ‬
‫أخوات‪.‬‬ ‫مريم‪َ .‬أرِ ْي َن ِني هذا يا‬
‫ُ‬ ‫َأرِ ْيني هذا يا‬ ‫ ‬

‫ُ‬
‫تقــول‪:‬‬
‫العام ِة و ُأرِ ُ‬
‫يك ُم‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫سآخ ُذ ُك ْم إلى المكتب ِة‬
‫نحو جديد ًا‪َ )2( .‬غد ًا ُ‬
‫كتاب ٍ‬
‫َ‬ ‫المدرس‬
‫ُ‬ ‫(‪ )1‬أرانا‬ ‫ ‬
‫أحمد‪.‬‬
‫ُ‬ ‫المعاج َم ُك َّلها‪َ )3( .‬أرِ ني َجوا َز َس ِ‬
‫فر َك يا‬ ‫ِ‬

‫وفي التنـزيل‪:‬‬

‫(‪﴿ )1‬وَ َل َق ْد َأ َر ْي َنا ُه آ َيا ِت َنا ُك َّل َها َف َك َّذ َ‬

‫ب وَ َأ َبٰى﴾‪( .‬طه ‪.)56‬‬ ‫ ‬

‫يك ْم آ َيا ِت ِه وَ ُي َن ِّز ُل َل ُكم ِّم َن َّ‬

‫الس َما ِء رِ زْ ًقا﴾ (غافر ‪)13‬‬ ‫(‪ُ ﴿ )2‬ه َو ا َّل ِذي ُي ِر ُ‬ ‫ ‬

‫ال َب َلٰى وَ َل ٰـ ِكن‬ ‫ف ت ُْحيِ ي ا ْل َم ْوتَٰىۖ َق َ‬

‫ال َأوَ َل ْم ُتؤ ِْمنۖ َق َ‬ ‫ب َأرِ ِني َك ْي َ‬
‫يم َر ِّ‬
‫اه ُ‬ ‫(‪﴿ )3‬وَ ِإ ْذ َق َ‬
‫ال ِإ ْب َر ِ‬ ‫ ‬
‫ِّل َي ْط َم ِئ َّن َق ْلبِي﴾ (البقرة ‪)260‬‬ ‫ ‬

‫اذا َخ َل َق ا َّل ِذ َ‬
‫ين ِمن ُدو ِن ِه﴾ (لقمان ‪)11‬‬ ‫(‪َ ﴿ )4‬ه ٰـ َذا َخ ْل ُق ال َّلـ ِه َف َأ ُر ِ‬
‫وني َم َ‬ ‫ ‬

‫ين َك َف ُروا َر َّب َنا َأرِ نَا ال َّل َذ ْي ِن َأ َض َّلانَا ِم َن ا ْل ِج ِّن وَ ا ْل ِإ ِ‬

‫نس ن َْج َع ْل ُه َما ت َْح َت‬ ‫(‪﴿ )5‬وَ َق َ‬
‫ال ا َّل ِذ َ‬ ‫ ‬
‫َأ ْق َدا ِم َنا ِل َي ُكونَا ِم َن ا ْل َأ ْس َف ِل َ‬
‫ين﴾ (فصلت ‪)29‬‬ ‫ ‬
‫‪93‬‬
 ‫َت َمــارِ ُ‬
‫ين‬
‫‪Exercises‬‬

‫يان‪:‬‬ ‫الش َف ِو ّي ِ‬
‫ان اآل ِت ِ‬ ‫التمرينان َّ‬
‫ِ‬ ‫(‪ُ )1‬يجرَى‬

‫ساع َت َك ‪َ /‬ق َل َم َك)‪ ،‬ف ُي ِجي ُب ُه قائ ًلا‪:‬‬

‫َ‬ ‫الطالب ِلز َِمي ِل ِه‪( :‬أرِ ِني كتا َب َك ‪/‬‬
‫ُ‬ ‫ول‬‫(‪َ )1‬ي ُق ُ‬ ‫ ‬
‫يك ُه ‪ /‬ها)‪.‬‬‫قليل‪ .‬أو ‪ :‬ال ُأرِ َ‬
‫بعد ٍ‬ ‫(س ُأرِ َ‬
‫يك ُه ‪ /‬ها َ‬ ‫َ‬

‫ال‪( :‬ن ََع ْم‪َ .‬أ َر ْي ُت َكهُ)‪.‬‬

‫طالب‪( :‬أأ َر ْي َت ِنى َد ْف َت َر َك؟) َف ُي ِج ْي ُب قائ ً‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫س ِل ِّ‬
‫كل‬ ‫المدر ُ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ُ‬
‫يقول‬ ‫(‪)2‬‬ ‫ ‬

‫ت فيها كثيراً‪.‬‬
‫األرض ومغارِ ِبها‪ ،‬أي ُج ْل ُ‬
‫ِ‬ ‫(‪َ )2‬ج َّو ْل ُ‬
‫ت في َم َشارِ ِق‬

‫اب ( َف َّع َل) ِل َم َع ٍان ِم ْنها‪ :‬ال َّت ْك ِثي ُر أو ُ‬

‫الم َبا َلغَ ُة‪ ،‬نحو‪:‬‬ ‫ُي ْن َق ُل ال ِف ْع ُل إلى َب ِ‬ ‫ ‬

‫أي َج َ‬
‫ال َك ْ‬
‫ثير ًا‪.‬‬ ‫َجـو ََّل ‬ ‫ ‬

‫أي َط َ‬
‫اف َك ِث ْير ًا‪.‬‬ ‫َطو َ ‬
‫َّف‬ ‫ ‬

‫أي َبا َلغَ في َ‬

‫الق ْت ِل‪.‬‬ ‫َق َّت َل‬
‫ ‬ ‫ ‬
‫أي َبا َلغَ في َ‬
‫الك ْس ِر‪.‬‬ ‫َك َّس َر‬
‫ ‬ ‫ ‬

‫أي َبا َلغَ في َ‬

‫الق ْط ِع‪.‬‬ ‫َق َّط َع‬
‫ ‬ ‫ ‬

‫أي َع َّد كثير ًا‪.‬‬ ‫ ‬

‫َع َّد َد‬ ‫ ‬

‫(‪ )3‬في التنـزيل‪:‬‬

‫الس َما ِء وَ َلا َي ْد ُخ ُل َ‬

‫ون‬ ‫اس َت ْك َب ُروا َع ْن َها َلا ت َُف َّت ُح َل ُه ْم َأ ْبو ُ‬
‫َاب َّ‬ ‫ين َك َّذ ُبوا ِبآ َيا ِت َنا وَ ْ‬
‫(‪ِ ﴿ )1‬إ َّن ا َّل ِذ َ‬ ‫ ‬

‫ا ْل َج َّن َة َح َّتٰى َي ِل َج ا ْل َج َم ُل ِفي َس ِّم ا ْل ِخ َي ِ‬

‫اط﴾ (األعراف ‪)40‬‬

‫‪94‬‬
 ‫(‪﴿ )2‬ا َّل ِذي َج َم َع َما ًلا وَ َع َّد َد ُه﴾ (الهمزة ‪)2‬‬ ‫ ‬

‫(‪ )3‬قال‪َ ﴿ :‬س ُن َق ِّت ُل َأ ْب َنا َء ُه ْم﴾ (األعراف ‪)127‬‬ ‫ ‬

‫(‪﴿ )4‬وَ َغ َّل َق ِت ا ْل َأ ْبو َ‬

‫َاب﴾ (يوسف ‪)23‬‬ ‫ ‬

‫اه ْم ُك َّل ُم َمز ٍَّق﴾ (سبأ ‪)19‬‬ ‫اه ْم َأ َح ِاد َ‬

‫يث وَ َم َّز ْق َن ُ‬ ‫(‪َ ﴿ )5‬ف َج َع ْل َن ُ‬ ‫ ‬

‫ون َأ ْب َنا َء ُك ْم﴾‬ ‫ومون َُك ْم ُسو َء ا ْل َع َذ ِ‬

‫اب ُي َذ ِّب ُح َ‬ ‫(‪﴿ )6‬وَ ِإ ْذ ن ََّج ْي َن ُ‬
‫اكم ِّم ْن ِ‬
‫آل ِف ْر َع ْو َن َي ُس ُ‬ ‫ ‬
‫(البقرة ‪)49‬‬ ‫ ‬

‫اط ِب َع َلى أ ْم ٍر َم ْكرُ و ٍه ِل َي ْج َت ِن َب ُه‪.‬‬ ‫ُّ‬

‫والظنَّ )‪ .‬هذا ال َّت ْح ِذيرُ ‪ ،‬وهو َت ْن ِبي ُه ال ُمخَ َ‬ ‫(‪( )4‬إ َّي َ‬
‫اك‬
‫وها َء أمثل ًة َل ُه‪:‬‬

‫والكالب يا أ ْبنائي‪.‬‬
‫َ‬ ‫الب يا ُب َن َّي‪ )2( .‬إ ّي ُ‬
‫اك ْم‬ ‫والك َ‬
‫ِ‬ ‫(‪ )1‬إ ّي َ‬
‫اك‬ ‫ ‬

‫والكالب يا َب َن ِاتي‪.‬‬
‫َ‬ ‫والكالب يا ِب ْن ِتي ‪ِ )4( .‬إ َّي ُ‬
‫اك َّن‬ ‫َ‬ ‫(‪ِ )3‬‬
‫إياك‬ ‫ ‬

‫زينب‪ )3( .‬إ ّي ُ‬

‫اك ْم‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫َ‬
‫والك َس َل يا‬ ‫اب‪ِ )2( .‬إ ّي ِ‬
‫اك‬ ‫الولد فإ َّن ُه ّ‬
‫كذ ٌ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫اك وهذا‬‫علي‪ ،‬إ ّي َ‬ ‫(‪ )1‬يا ُّ‬ ‫ ‬
‫واتي (‪ )5‬قال‬ ‫َّ‬
‫المجال ِت يا َأ َخ ِ‬ ‫اك َّن وهذه‬‫أمراض ُم ْه ِل َك ٍة‪ِ )4( .‬إ َّي ُ‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫ين فإ َّن ُه َس َب ُب‬
‫وال َّت ْد ِخ َ‬
‫َأك ُل ال ّن ُار َ‬
‫الح َط َب»‪.‬‬ ‫ات َكما ت ُ‬ ‫أك ُل َ‬
‫الح َس َن ِ‬ ‫الحس َد َي ُ‬
‫َ‬ ‫فإن‬
‫والح َس َد‪َّ ،‬‬
‫َ‬ ‫النبي ‪« : Á‬إ ّي ُ‬
‫اك ْم‬
‫‪:‬‬ ‫وس ِب ُّ‬
‫الط ُر َقات»‪ )7( .‬وقال ‪Á‬‬ ‫والج ُل َ‬
‫ُ‬ ‫(‪ )6‬وقال عليه الصالة والسالم‪« :‬إ َّي ُ‬
‫اك ْم‬
‫ال َل ٌة»‪.‬‬
‫األمورِ َفإنَّها َض َ‬
‫ات ُ‬ ‫وم ْح َد َث ِ‬ ‫«وإ ّي ُ‬
‫اك ْم ُ‬

‫ِ‬
‫الكلمات اآلتي َة‪:‬‬ ‫(‪َ )5‬ك ِّو ْن أ ْم ِث َل ًة ِلل َّت ْح ِذ ِير ُم ْس َت ْع ِم ًال‬
‫‪ with the help of the given words:‬تحذير ‪Form examples of‬‬

‫أخ ِ‬
‫واتي‬ ‫الس ُفور‪/‬يا َ‬
‫(‪ُ )1‬‬ ‫ ‬
‫‪95‬‬
 ‫ب‪/‬يا عثمان‬ ‫ِ‬
‫الكذ ُ‬ ‫(‪)2‬‬ ‫ ‬

‫الح َس ُد‪/‬يا َعزَّة‬

‫(‪َ )3‬‬ ‫ ‬

‫يم ُة‪/‬يا َأ َخ َّ‬

‫وي‬ ‫(‪ )4‬ال َنمِ َ‬ ‫ ‬

‫(‪ )5‬ال ُن ُ‬
‫زول من الحا ِفلة وهي ِت ِسي ُر‪/‬يا أطفال‬ ‫ ‬

‫(‪ )6‬ال َّت َب ُّر ُج‪ /‬يا ِب ْن َت َّي‬ ‫ ‬

‫المسلمون‬
‫َ‬ ‫الب ْد َع ُة‪/‬أيها‬
‫(‪ِ )7‬‬ ‫ ‬

‫ص َل ْ‬
‫ت بها (ما الزائد ُة)‪.‬‬ ‫أص ُلها َّ‬
‫(إن) ا َّت َ‬ ‫(‪( )6‬إ َّنما ِي ْك ِذ ُ‬
‫ب‪ِ ( .‬إ َّنما) ْ‬

‫(إن) َع ِن ال َع َم ِل‪.‬‬
‫ف َّ‬‫و ُت َس َّمى هذه (ما الكا َّف َة) ِلأنها َت ُك ُّ‬

‫االسمِ َّي ِة وال ِف ْع ِل َّي ِة نح َو‪:‬‬

‫ْ‬ ‫ت َْد ُخ ُل (إنّما) َع َلى ُ‬
‫الج ْم َل َت ْي ِن‬ ‫ ‬

‫األع ُ‬
‫مال‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫ات ِل ْل ُف َق َرا ِء﴾ (التوبة ‪« )60‬إنّما‬
‫الص َد َق ُ‬
‫َّ‬ ‫﴿ ِإن ََّما‬ ‫ ‬
‫بالن َّي ِ‬
‫ات»‬

‫آم َن ِبال َّلـ ِه وَ ا ْل َي ْو ِم ا ْل ِ‬

‫آخ ِر﴾ (التوبة ‪)18‬‬ ‫اج َد ال َّلـ ِه َم ْن َ‬
‫﴿ ِإن ََّما َي ْع ُم ُر َم َس ِ‬ ‫ ‬

‫الح ْك ِم َع ْنهُ‪.‬‬
‫الح ْك ِم ِل ْل َم ْذ ُكورِ ‪ ،‬وَ ن َْف َي َغ ِير هذا ُ‬
‫ات ُ‬‫وج ُب ِإ ْث َب َ‬
‫ين‪ ،‬و ُي ِ‬
‫تفيد (إنَّما) ال َّت ْع ِي َ‬
‫ُ‬ ‫ ‬

‫صف ٌة أخرى‪.‬‬ ‫مهندس ْ‬

‫فقط‪ ،‬وليس فيه َ‬ ‫ٌ‬ ‫يفيد أنه‬
‫ُ‬ ‫مهندس)‬
‫ٌ‬ ‫فقولنا‪( :‬إنما هو‬ ‫ ‬

‫جواب ال َق َس ِم‪.‬‬
‫ُ‬ ‫(فرحت كثيراً)‬
‫ُ‬ ‫ت كثيراً)‪ .‬هنا‬
‫(‪( )7‬واللَّ ِه َل َق ْد َف ِر ْح ُ‬

‫ماض ُأ ِّك َد ِبـ (ال ّل ِ‬

‫ام وَ َق ْد)‬ ‫ٍ‬ ‫بفعل‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫جواب َ‬
‫الق َس ِم جمل ًة ِفعلي ًة ُم ْث َب َت ًة ُم َص ّدر ًة‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫ إذا كان‬
‫ِ‬

‫‪96‬‬
‫ين‪َ .‬ل َق ْد َخ َل ْق َنا‬ ‫ون‪ ،‬وَ ُطورِ ِسي ِن َ‬
‫ين وَ َه ٰـ َذ ا ا ْل َب َل ِد ا ْل َأ ِم ِ‬ ‫ين وَ ال َّز ْي ُت ِ‬
‫كما في قوله تعالى‪﴿ :‬وَ ال ِّت ِ‬
‫ان ِفي َأ ْح َس ِن ت َْق ِو ٍ‬
‫يم﴾‬ ‫ا ْل ِإ َ‬
‫نس َ‬

‫جملة ِم ّما َيأ ِتي َجواب ًا ِل ْل َق َس ِم‪:‬‬

‫ٍ‬ ‫اج َع ْل ُك َّل‬
‫ْ‬
‫‪:‬جواب القسم ‪Use each of the following sentences as‬‬

‫(‪َ )1‬ف ِر ْح ُت بزيا َر ِتك‪.‬‬ ‫ ‬

‫(‪َ )2‬‬
‫قلت لي هكـذا‪.‬‬ ‫ ‬

‫(‪ )3‬رأيته في السوق‪.‬‬ ‫ ‬

‫ٌ‬
‫مريض‪.‬‬ ‫ت َم ِر ْيض ًا‪ ،‬أي َأ ْد َر َك ِنى ال َم َسا ُء وأنا‬ ‫ُ‬
‫تقول‪َ :‬أ ْم َس ْي ُ‬ ‫ان)‪.‬‬ ‫(‪َ ( )8‬أ ْم َسى) ِم ْن َأ َخو ِ‬
‫َات ( َك َ‬

‫اآلتية‪:‬‬
‫ِ‬ ‫َأد ِْخ ْل (أ ْم َسى) َع َلى ُ‬
‫الج َم ِل‬
‫‪:‬أم َسى ‪Rewrite the following sentences using‬‬
‫ْ‬

‫الجوُّ ُم ْع َت ِد ٌل‪.‬‬
‫(‪َ )1‬‬ ‫ ‬

‫ون‪.‬‬
‫(‪ )2‬ن َْح ُن ُم ْت َع ُب َ‬ ‫ ‬

‫(‪ )3‬المريض ُة َض َ‬
‫عيف ٌة‪.‬‬ ‫ ‬

‫اآلتية َع َلى ِغرارِ ها‪،‬‬

‫ِ‬ ‫األس ِئ َل ِة‬ ‫صداع ًا شديداً‪ ،‬ثم َأ ِج ْ‬
‫ب َع ِن ْ‬ ‫ب الجمل َة َّ‬
‫إن بي ُ‬ ‫أع ِر ْ‬
‫(‪ْ )9‬‬
‫ين‪:‬‬ ‫راض المذكور ِة َب ْي َن ال َقو َ‬
‫ْس ِ‬ ‫ُم ْس َت ْع ِم ًال ْ‬
‫أسما َء األ ْم ِ‬
‫شديدا( ‪ of the sentence‬إعراب ‪Write the‬‬
‫ً‬ ‫صداعا‬
‫ً‬ ‫)إن بي‬
‫‪َّ and answer the‬‬
‫‪following questions by using the name of the disease mentioned in front of‬‬
‫‪it in brackets:‬‬

‫‪97‬‬
 ‫إن بي صداع ًا شديد ًا‬
‫علي؟ َّ‬
‫(‪ )1‬ماذا بك يا ّ‬

‫ام)‬ ‫َ‬
‫(زُك ٌ‬ ‫…‬
‫(‪ )2‬أخوك ماذا به؟ ………… ‬ ‫ ‬

‫ص)‬
‫(مغْ ٌ‬
‫َ‬ ‫…‬
‫(‪ )3‬ماذا بكم؟ ………… ‬ ‫ ‬

‫(س َع ٌ‬
‫ال)‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫…‬
‫(‪ )4‬أخ ُتك‪ ،‬ماذا بها؟ ………… ‬ ‫ ‬

‫(إس َه ٌ‬
‫ال)‬ ‫… ْ‬ ‫الطالب‪ ،‬ماذا بهم؟………… ‬
‫ُ‬ ‫(‪ )5‬هؤالء‬ ‫ ‬

‫اع)‬
‫(ص َد ٌ‬
‫… ُ‬‫بهن؟ ………… ‬ ‫ُ‬
‫الطالبات ماذا ّ‬ ‫(‪ )6‬هؤالء‬ ‫ ‬

‫(دوَ ٌار)‬
‫ُ‬ ‫…‬
‫(‪ )7‬ماذا بك يا ُس َعاد؟ ………… ‬ ‫ ‬

‫هات المصد َر ِم َن األ ْف ِ‬

‫عال‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫هَب)‪ ،‬وهُ َو َع َلى َو ْز ِن ( َف َع ٍ‬
‫ال)‪.‬‬ ‫هَاب) مصد ُر ( َذ َ‬
‫(‪َ ( )10‬ذ ٌ‬
‫اآلتية َع َلى َو ْز ِن ( َف َع ٍ‬
‫ال)‪:‬‬ ‫ِ‬
‫‪َ :‬ف َع ٌ‬
‫ال ‪ from the verbs given below on the pattern of‬مصدر ‪Form‬‬

‫ ن ََج َح‪َ ،‬ف َس َد‪َ ،‬ن ِف َد‪َ ،‬ض َّل‪.‬‬

‫الج ْم ِع»‪.‬‬
‫«ج ْم َع َ‬ ‫«ط ُرق» ُ‬
‫«ط ُرقات»‪ .‬و ُي َس َّمى هذا َ‬ ‫«ط ُرق»‪ ،‬وجمع ُ‬
‫ «ط ِريق» جمعه ُ‬
‫َ‬

‫أساو ُر؛ إناء • آ ِن َية • أوَ ٍان؛‬

‫أس ِو َرة • ِ‬
‫اك ُن؛ ِسوار • ْ‬
‫أم ِ‬
‫أم ِك َنة • َ‬
‫أخ َرى‪ :‬مكان • ْ‬ ‫َ‬
‫إليك أمثل ًة ْ‬
‫َيد • أ ْي ٍد • َأ َي ٍاد‪.‬‬

‫جملة مفيد ٍة‪:‬‬

‫ٍ‬ ‫كلمة ِم ّما َيأ ِتي في‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫(‪ )11‬أد ِْخ ْل ُك َّل‬
‫‪Use these words in your own sentences:‬‬

‫ف‪َ .‬أ ْح َض َر‪َ .‬جو ََّل‪َ .‬أ ْم َسى‪ .‬إنَّما‪َ .‬أرِ ‪.‬‬
‫ن ََّظ َ‬

‫‪98‬‬
ُ
‫ويقول‬ ،ُ‫ (سيرجع المدي ُر غد ًا إن شا َء ال َّلهُ) أو شيئ ًا مثله‬:‫طالب‬
ٌ ُ
‫يقول‬ :‫) َتمرين شفوي‬12(
ُ
.)‫يقول ذلك‬ ‫المراقب‬
َ ُ
‫(سمعت‬ ُ
:‫فيقول‬ ،)‫يرجع غد ًا؟‬
ُ َ
‫أدراك أنه‬ ‫لـ ُه زمي ُل ُه (وما‬

Points to Remember

In this lesson we learn the following:

ُ ‫ )ال ِف ْع ُل‬needs a
(1) Verbs are either transitive or intransitive. A transitive verb (‫الم َت َع ِ ّدي‬

subject which does the action, and an object which is affected by the action, e.g.,

‫وس‬
َ ‫الجاس‬
ُ ُ ‫‘ َق َت َل‬The soldier killed the spy.’ Here the soldier did the killing, so the word
‫الج ْن ِد ُّي‬
‫الج ْن ِـد ُّي‬
ُ is the fâ‘il (the subject), and the one affected by the
killing is the spy. So the word ‫وس‬
َ ‫الجاس‬
ُ is the maf‘ûl bihi (the

object).

َ ‫الم‬
Here is another example: ‫الك ْع َب َة‬ ُ ‫الس‬
َّ ‫يم علي ِه‬
ُ ‫إبراه‬
ِ ‫‘ َب َنى‬Ibrahim
(peace be on him) built the Ka‘bah.’

An intransitive verb (‫ )ال ِف ْع ُل الالزِ ُم‬needs only a subject which does the action. Its action is

confined to the subject, and does not affect others, e.g.,

ُ ‫‘ َف ِر َح‬The teacher was happy.’ -- ‫ب‬

ُ ‫الم َد ِ ّر‬
‫س‬ َّ ‫الط‬
ُ ‫ال‬ ُّ ‫‘ َخ َر َج‬The students went out.’

The subject of certain verbs affect others but not directly. They do this with the help of

prepositions, e.g., ‘I looked at him’, ‘We believe in God.’ This happens in Arabic also, e.g.,

‫الن‬ َ ‫الطــا ِل ِب‬

ِ ‫الك ْس‬ ّ ‫س على‬ ِّ
ُ ‫المدر‬ ِ ‫‘ َغ‬The teacher got angry with the lazy student.’
‫ض َب‬

ُ ‫المريض إ َلى‬
‫الم ْس َتشْ َفى‬ ِ ‫‘ َذ َه ْب ُت ِب‬I took the patient to the hospital.’

َ ‫ت إ َلى‬
‫الج َب ِل‬ ُ ‫‘ ن ََظ ْر‬I looked at the mountain.’

99
‫س ِم ِ ّني‬
َ ‫‘ َف َم ْن َر ِغ َب َع ْن ُس َّن ِتي َف َل ْي‬Whoever dislikes my way
is not of me’ (hadîth).

‫أن َأ َّط ِل َع على َم ْن َه ِج َم ْد َر َس ِت َك‬ ُ ِ‫‘ ُأر‬I want to look into the
ْ ‫يد‬
syllabus of your school.’

1
‫وع‬ ُ ‫الس َف ِر هذا‬
َ ‫األ ْس ُب‬ َّ ‫‘ ال َأ ْر َغ ُب في‬I don’t like to travel this week.’

The object of such a verb is called ‫يـح‬

ِ ‫الـص ِـر‬ ُ ‫الم ْـف ُـع‬
َّ ‫ـول َغ ْـي ُر‬ َ (indirect object). It is majrûr
ْ ‫)في َم َح ِ ّل ن‬.
because of the preposition, but it is in the place of nasb (‫َص ٍب‬

(2) How to make an intransitive verb transitive?

We say in English ‘rise and raise your hand’. Rise is intransitive, and by changing the

pattern of the verb we get raise which is transitive. But this kind of change is very rare

in English. In Arabic it is very common. An intransitive verb can be made transitive by

changing it to:

a) bâb fa‘‘ala (‫ ) َف َّع َل‬e.g. ‫( َنز ََل‬nazala) ‘he got down’ : ‫( َنز ََّل‬nazzala) ‘he brought down.’

‫الط ْف َل‬
ِ ‫ ُث َّم َن َّز ْل ُت‬،‫‘ َن َز ْل ُت من الس ّيار ِة‬I got down from the car, then I took down the child.’

This process of changing an intransitive verb into a transitive verb by doubling the second
ُ ‫( ال َّت ْض ِع‬doubling).
radical is called ‫يف‬

b) bâb af ‘ala (‫)أ ْف َع َل‬, e.g, ‫س‬

َ ‫( َج َل‬jalasa) ‘he sat’: ‫س‬
َ ‫( َأ ْج َل‬ajlasa)
‘he seated (him)’. ‫الط ْف َل ِبجا ِنبِي‬
ّ ِ ‫ و َأ ْج َل ْس ُت‬،‫األوَّل‬
ِ ّ ِ ‫الص‬
‫ف‬ َّ ‫َج َل ْس ُت في‬
‘I sat in the first row and I seated the child by my side.’

The hamzah which is prefixed to the verb in bâb ?af‘ala is called ‫( َه ْم َز ُة ال َّت ْع ِد َي ِة‬the transitive

hamzah).
1
Note that ‫ َر ِغ َب في الشي ِء‬means to like a thing, and ‫ َر ِغ َب عَ ِن الشي ِء‬means to dislike it.

100
Certain verbs can be changed to both these abwâb, e.g., ‫ َنز ََل‬:‫ َنز ََّل‬and ‫ َأ ْنز ََل‬.

Most verbs can be changed to either of these. One must learn this from books and

dictionaries.

If a transitive verb is transferred to any of these two abwâb it becomes doubly transitive,

and takes two objects, e.g.,

َ ‫‘ َد َر ْس ُت ال ُّلغَ َة‬I studied Arabic.’ Here the verb ‫س‬

‫العر ِب َّي َة‬ َ ‫ َد َر‬has one object, ‫ال ُّلغَ َة‬.
َ ‫‘ َد َّر ْس ُت‬I taught you Arabic., Here it has two objects :
َ ‫ـك ال ُّلغَ َة‬
‫العر ِب َّي َة‬
‫ َك‬and ‫ال ُّلغَ َة‬.

‫القرآن‬
َ ‫س‬ ِّ
ُ ‫المدر‬ ‫‘ َس ِم َع‬The teacher listened to the Qur’an.’

‫القرآن‬
َ ‫س‬ ِّ
َ ‫المدر‬ ‫ب‬
ُ ‫ال‬ ُ ‫‘ َأ ْس َم َع‬The students read out Qur’an to the
َّ ‫الط‬
teacher.’ (Literally, ‘The students made the teacher listen to the Qur’an).

(i) ‫( َأ َرى‬arâ) ‘he showed’ is bâb af ‘ala from ‫‘ َر َأى‬he saw’. It was originally ‫( َأ ْر َأى‬ar’â) but

the second hamzah has been omitted. The mudâri‘ is ‫( ُي ِـري‬yurî), and the amr is ِ‫( َأر‬ari).
This is how the amr is isnâded to the other pronouns of the second person:

‫علي‬
ُّ ‫الكتاب يا‬
َ ‫ َأرِ ِني هذا‬ .‫إخوان‬
ُ ‫الكتاب يا‬
َ ِ ‫ َأ ُر‬
‫وني هذا‬

‫الكتاب يا مر َي ُم‬
َ ‫ َأرِ ي ِني هذا‬ ُ ‫أخ‬
.‫وات‬ َ ‫الكتاب يا‬
َ ‫ أرِ ي َن ِني هذا‬

(3) We have just seen that when a verb is transferred to bâb fa‘‘ala it becomes transitive,

e.g., ‫ َنز ََّل‬from ‫ َنز ََل‬. If the verb is already transitive with one object it becomes doubly

transitive with two objects, e.g., ‫س‬

َ ‫ َد َّر‬from ‫س‬
َ ‫د َر‬.
َ

This bâb also signifies an extensive or intensive action. In Arabic the first is called ‫ال َّت ْك ِثي ُر‬,

and the second ‫المبا َلغَ ُة‬.

ُ

101
a) An extensive action is one done on a large scale, or done repeatedly, e.g., ‫ج ِر ُم‬ ُ ‫َق َت َل‬
ْ ‫الم‬
َ ‫الم ْج ِر ُم َأ ْه َل‬
ً ‫‘ َر ُج‬The criminal killed a man’, but ‫الق ْر َي ِة‬
‫ال‬ ُ ‫‘ َق َّت َل‬The criminal massacred the
people of the village.’

‫‘ ُج ْل ُت في هذا ال َب َل ِد‬I went round this country’, but ‫ومغارِ ِبها‬

َ ‫ض‬ِ ‫األر‬ ِ ‫‘ َج َّو ْل ُت في َم‬I travelled
ْ ‫شارق‬
extensively all over the world.’

‫الباب‬
َ ‫‘ َف َت ْح ُت‬I opened the door’, but ‫ول‬
ِ ‫الف ُص‬ َ ‫َف َّت ْح ُت َأ ْب‬
ُ ‫واب‬
‘I opened the doors of the classrooms.’

‫‘ َع َّد ال َّر ُج ُل ما َل ُه‬The man counted his money’, but ‫الرج ُل ما َل ُه‬
ُ ‫َع َّد َد‬
‘The man repeatedly counted his money.’

b) An intensive action is one done thoroughly and with great force, e.g., ‫وب‬ ُ ‫ت‬
َ ‫الك‬ ُ ‫َك َس ْر‬
‘I broke the glass’, but ‫الكوب‬
َ ُ ‫‘ َك َّس ْر‬I smashed the glass.’
‫ت‬

َ ‫‘ َق َط ْع ُت‬I cut the rope’, but ‫الح ْب َل‬

‫الح ْب َل‬ َ ‫‘ َق َّط ْع ُت‬I cut the rope to pieces.’

Note the extensive action affects a number of objects, or one object a number of times,

whereas an intensive action affects only one object only once but with great force.

(4) ‫والكالب‬
َ َ ‫ إ َّي‬means ‘Beware of dogs!’ This is called ‫( ال َّت ْح ِذي ُر‬warning).
‫اك‬

َ ‫ إ َّي‬is for masculine singular. For masculine

Note that the noun after the wâw is mansûb. ‫اك‬
ُ ‫إ َّي‬, for feminine singular ‫اك‬
plural it is ‫اك ْم‬ ُ ‫إ ّي‬.
ِ ‫ إ ّي‬and for feminine plural ‫اك َّن‬

Here is a hadîth: ‫ب‬ َ ‫نات َك َما َت ْأ ُك ُل ال َّن ُار‬

َ ‫الح َط‬ َ ‫الح َس َد َي ْا ُك ُل‬
ِ ‫الح َس‬ َ ‫ َف ِإ َّن‬،‫والح َس َد‬ ُ ‫‘ إ َّي‬Beware of
َ ‫اك ْم‬
jealousy, for jealousy eats up good deeds just as fire eats up the firewood.’

(5) ‫س‬ ّ ِ ‫ إنَّما أنا‬means ‘I am only a teacher’, i.e., I am a teacher, and nothing else. ‫ ِإنّما‬is
ٌ ‫مدر‬
‫ ِإ َّن‬plus ‫ما‬. This ‫ ما‬is called ‫ ما الكا َّف ُة‬i.e., the preventive mâ, because it prevents ‫ ِإ َّن‬from

102
 ُ ‫أل ْع‬
ِ ‫مـال ِبال ِ ّن َّي‬
rendering the following noun mansûb. We say ‫ـات‬ َ ‫َّـمـا ا‬
َ ‫‘ إن‬Actions are judged
ُ ‫األ ْع‬
only by the intentions.’ Here ‫مـال‬ ُ is marfû‘ and not mansûb. Unlike ‫ ِإ َّن‬the word ‫ ِإنَّما‬is
ُ ‫‘ إنَّما َي ْك ِذ‬He is only telling a lie.’
used in a verbal sentence as well, e.g., ‫ب‬

ِ ‫آم َن ِبال َّل ِه وا ْل َي ْو ِم‬

In the Qur’an (9:18) :‫اآلخ ِر‬ َ ‫ساج َد ال َّل ِه َم ْن‬
ِ ‫‘ ِإنَّما َي ْع ُم ُر َم‬Only those tend the
mosques of Allah who believe in Allah and the Last Day.’

(6) ‫‘ وَال َّل ِه‬By Allah’ is an oath2. In Arabic it is called ‫الق َس ُم‬,
َ and the statement that follows the
َ ‫واب‬
qasam is called jawâb al-qasam (‫الق َس ِم‬ ُ ‫)ج‬.
َ If the jawâb al-qasam commences with a
mâdî and is affirmative, it should take the emphatic ‫ َل َق ْد‬, e.g., ‫ت ك ِثير ًا‬
ُ ‫‘ وَال َّل ِه َل َق ْد َف ِر ْح‬By Allah,
I was greatly delighted.’ If, however, the verb is mâdî but negative, it does not take the

emphatic particle, e.g., ‫‘ والل ِه ما رأ ْي ُت ُه‬By Allah, I did not see him.’

(7) The verb ‫ َأ ْم َسـى‬is a sister of ‫ان‬ َ It means ‘he became in the evening’, e.g.,
َ ‫ك‬. َ ‫َأ ْم َسى‬
ُّ‫الجو‬
ً ‫‘ َل‬The weather became fine in the evening.’ Here ُّ‫الجو‬
‫طيفا‬ ً ‫ َل ِط‬is its khabar.
َ is its ism, and ‫يفا‬

(8) ‫صداع ًا َشديد ًا‬

ُ ‫‘ ِإ َّن بِ ي‬I am suffering from severe headache.’

‫‘ ماذا ِب ِك يا ز ْي َن ُب؟‬What are you suffering from, Zainab?’

ٌ ‫( ُف‬fu‘âl), e.g., ‫داع‬
Note that many words denoting disease are on the pattern of ‫عال‬ ٌ ‫ُص‬
‘headache’, ‫زُكام‬
ٌ ‘cold’, ‫وار‬ ٌ ‫‘ ُس‬cough’.
ٌ ‫‘ ُد‬vertigo’, ‫عال‬
ٌ ‫( َف َع‬fa‘âl), e.g., ‫هاب‬
(9) one of the patterns of the masdar is ‫ال‬ ٌ ‫‘ َذ‬going’
َ ‫ َذ َه‬-- ‫اح‬
from ‫ب‬ ٌ ‫‘ ن ََج‬success’ from ‫ن ََج َح‬.

ٌ ‫ َط ِر‬is ‫;ط ُر ٌق‬

(10) The plural of ‫يق‬ ُ and the plural ‫ ُط ُر ٌق‬is ‫قات‬ ُ This is
ٌ ‫ط ُر‬.

2 ْ ‫)وَا ُو ال َع‬
The wâw used for oath is a preposition, that is why the noun following it is majrûr. It should not be confused with wâw al-‘atf (ِ‫طف‬
which means ‘and’.

103
called ‫الج ْم ِع‬
َ ‫( َج ْم ُع‬plural of plural). Some nouns have ‫الجم ِع‬
ْ ‫جم ُع‬,
ْ e.g.,

ٌ ‫( َم َك‬place) ‫ َأ ْم ِك َن ٌة‬- ‫ماك ُن‬

‫ان‬ ِ ‫َأ‬

ِ ‫ َأ‬- ‫َأ ْس ِو َر ٌة‬

ٌ ‫( َسو‬bracelet) ‫ساو ُر‬
‫َار‬

‫( َي ٌد‬hand)  ‫ َأ ْي ٍد‬- ‫ياد‬

ٍ ‫ َأ‬.

The ‫الج ْم ِع‬

َ ‫جمع‬
ُ mostly has the meaning of the plural. But in some cases it has a

different meaning, e.g., ‫ َأ ْيد‬means ‘hands’, but ‫ياد‬

ٍ ‫ َأ‬means ‘favours’ -- ‫وت‬
ٌ ‫ ُب ُي‬means
‘houses’, but ٌ ‫ ُب ُيوت‬means ‘respectable families’.
‫َات‬

(11) ‫‘ َد َرى‬he knew’, ‫‘ َأ ْد َرى‬he made (him) know’, i.e., ‘he informed (him)’.

‫ب؟‬
ُ ‫يكذ‬ َ ‫‘ وَما َأ ْد َر‬And what informed you that he is telling a lie?’ = ‘How did you come
ِ ‫اك َأ َّن ُه‬
to know that he is telling a lie?’ In the Qur’an (97: 1-3):

َ ‫الق ْدرِ • َل ْي َل ُة‬

‫الق ْدرِ َخ ْي ٌر ِم ْن َأ ْل ِف َش ْه ٍر‬ َ ‫اك ما َل ْي َل ُة‬ َ ‫‘ ِإنَّا َأ ْن َز ْلنا ُه في َل ْي َل ِة‬We have indeed
َ ‫الق ْدرِ • وَ َما َأ ْد َر‬
revealed it on the Night of Decree. An what will inform you what the Night of Decree is.

The Night of Decree is better than a thousand months.’

This expression has been used in the Qur’an about thirteen times.

(2) The meaning of the poetic line:

4ُ ِ‫وَج ُه ُه َف َجم‬
‫يل‬ ّ ،ٌ‫َف ُح ْلو‬
ْ ‫وأما‬ ‫ذاق ُه‬ َ ‫و َل ْم َأ َر َك‬
ُ ‫ ّأما َم‬: ‫الم ْع ُروف‬

‘I have not seen anything like a good deed: its taste is sweet, and its face is beautiful’.

ٌ ِ‫ َجم‬should have tanwîn, but it has been omitted for metrical reasons.
4 The word ‫يل‬

104